marco benchmark indicator report - december 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – residents’ satisfaction with...

200
Whiriwhiria Te Waa Heke Choosing Futures MARCO Benchmark Indicator Data Report 2006 December 2006

Upload: others

Post on 16-Aug-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Whiriwhiria TeWaa HekeChoosing Futures

MARCOBenchmark Indicator Data Report 2006

December 2006

Page 2: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page ii Doc #1093619

Table of Contents Acknowledgements 2

1 Introduction 31.1 Why monitor 31.2 What this report presents 3

2 Choosing Futures Waikato and MARCO 42.1 The Choosing Futures Process 42.2 Monitoring and Reporting on Community Outcomes – the MARCO group 5

3 Report Methodology 73.1 Background 73.2 Metadata collation 73.3 Data collation 83.4 Benchmark data report 83.5 Trend report 9

4 Indicator Summary 10

5 Benchmark Indicator Results 245.1 Sustainable Environment Theme 245.1.1 Air, land, water quality and biodiversity outcome 24

5.1.1.1 #1 – River water quality for ecological health 245.1.1.2 #2 – River water quality for recreation 255.1.1.3 #3 – Lakes water quality for ecological health 275.1.1.4 #4 – Lakes water quality for contact recreation 285.1.1.5 # 5 – Land use (under development) 295.1.1.6 #6 – Air quality (particulate matter, PM10) 305.1.1.7 #7 – Groundwater availability and use 325.1.1.8 #8 – Surface water availability and use 345.1.1.9 #9 – Protection of natural heritage and landscapes 345.1.1.10 #10 – Extent of native vegetation 345.1.1.11 #11 – Protected native vegetation areas (under development) 36

5.1.2 Environmental attitudes and behaviours outcome 365.1.2.1 #12 – People’s environmental attitudes 375.1.2.2 #13 – People’s personal environmental actions 38

5.1.3 Coastal environment outcome 435.1.3.1 #14 – Coastal water quality for recreation 435.1.3.2 #15 – Public access to coast (or Coastline ownership) 44

5.1.4 Rural environment outcome 465.1.4.1 #16 – Rural subdivision 465.1.4.2 #17 – Stock density 48

5.1.5 Energy outcome 505.1.5.1 #18 – Total energy consumption 505.1.5.2 #19 – Greenhouse gas emissions 515.1.5.3 #20 – Energy efficiency (or Energy use relative to economic growth) 54

5.1.6 Solid waste outcome 575.1.6.1 #21 – Waste to landfills 575.1.6.2 #22 – Proportion of recycling 59

5.2 Quality of Life Outcome Theme 615.2.1 Health outcome 61

5.2.1.1 #23 – Life expectancy at birth 615.2.1.2 #24 – Social deprivation index 625.2.1.3 #25 – Avoidable mortality and hospitalisation rates 675.2.1.4 #26 – Overall quality of life 695.2.1.5 #27 – Barriers to accessing General Practitioners (GPs) 71

5.2.2 Education outcome 725.2.2.1 #28 – School leavers with no formal qualification 725.2.2.2 #29 – Educational attainment of the adult population 745.2.2.3 #30 – Participation in early childhood education 84

Page 3: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1084090 Page iii

5.2.2.4 #31 – Adult and community education 865.2.2.5 #32 – Work opportunities matching skills 87

5.2.3 Housing outcome 895.2.3.1 #33 – Rent to income ratio 895.2.3.2 #34 – Housing affordability 905.2.3.3 #35 – Home ownership rate 925.2.3.4 #36 – Household crowding (equivalised crowding index) 945.2.3.5 #37 – Proximity to work, study and recreation 95

5.2.4 Community safety outcome 955.2.4.1 #38 – Criminal victimisation rates 955.2.4.2 #39 – Perceptions of safety 975.2.4.3 #40 – Road traffic injury rates 101

5.2.5 Community participation outcome 1025.2.5.1 #41 – Unpaid work 102

5.2.6 Sport and leisure outcome 1095.2.6.1 #42 – Participation in sport and active leisure 110

5.2.7 Family and community cohesion outcome 1115.2.7.1 #43 – Participation in social networks and groups 1115.2.7.2 #44 – Contact between young people and their parents 114

5.2.8 Youth and older people outcome 1155.2.8.1 #45 – Youth and older people’s engagement in decision-making 116

5.3 Sustainable Economy Theme 1165.3.1 Sustainable Development Outcome 116

5.3.1.1 #46 – Genuine Progress Indicator (or Ecological footprint) 1165.3.2 Economic Prosperity Outcome 117

5.3.2.1 #47 – Regional Gross Domestic Product (GDP) 1175.3.2.2 #48 – Unemployment rate 1195.3.2.3 #49 – Median weekly income 1205.3.2.4 #50 – Number of businesses and employees by industry 1225.3.2.5 #51 – Building consents 131

5.3.3 Transport, infrastructure and services outcome 1335.3.3.1 #52 – Drinking water quality 1335.3.3.2 #53 – Road traffic crashes and casualties 136

5.3.4 Regional planning outcome 1375.3.4.1 #54 – Residents’ confidence in councils’ decision-making 1385.3.4.2 #55 – Residents’ satisfaction with councils’ approach to planning and providing services 139

5.3.5 Land-based industries outcome 1395.3.5.1 #56 – Regional GDP contributed by primary industries 139

5.3.6 Tourism outcome 1405.3.6.1 #57a – Nights in commercial accommodation 1405.3.6.2 #57b – Regions visited by international visitors and nights spent 1415.3.6.3 #58 – Income from tourism (international and domestic) 1425.3.6.4 #59 – Employment in the tourism industry 144

5.3.7 Research and innovation outcome 1455.3.7.1 #60 – Total research funding 1455.3.7.2 #61 – Enrolments at tertiary education institutes 147

5.4 Culture and Identity Outcome Theme 1495.4.1 Regional identity and pride outcome 149

5.4.1.1 #62 – Residents’ rating of their sense of pride in the way their city/town looks and feels 1495.4.1.2 #63 – Number of Maori speakers (in Maori and total population) 1515.4.1.3 #64 – Proportion of population that speak the ‘first language’ of their ethnic group 153

5.4.2 Historic buildings and places outcome 1555.4.2.1 #65 – Number of buildings and places listed on Historic Places Trust register 1555.4.2.2 #66 – Number and proportion of heritage buildings demolished or removed from heritage records 1575.4.2.3 #67 – Design of new developments 158

5.4.3 Culture and recreation outcome 1595.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 1595.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts activities 1595.4.3.3 #70 – Proportion of council’s spending on cultural activities and events 160

5.4.4 Creativity outcome 163

Page 4: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page iv Doc #1093619

5.4.4.1 #71 – People employed in the cultural sector 1645.5 Participation and Equity Outcome Theme 1665.5.1 Civic participation 166

5.5.1.1 #72 – Percentage of voter turnout at local and general elections 1665.5.1.2 #73 – Degree of representation by tangata whenua and minority groups on governance and decision-making bodies 1685.5.1.3 #74 – Residents’ rating of satisfaction with council’s provision of opportunities for community involvement in decision-making 171

5.5.2 Cultural well-being outcome 1745.5.2.1 #75 – Percentage of residents’ perceiving that cultural diversity makes their region/city/town a better place to live 174

6 Data Gaps 1766.1 Summary of overall data gaps in core set of indicators 1766.2 Data gaps by coverage issue 1766.2.1 No data source identified 1766.2.2 No data available yet (indicator under development or data to be collected in

future) 1776.2.3 National data only 1776.2.4 Regional data only 1776.2.5 Data available for some territorial authorities only 1776.2.6 Territorial authority data only 1786.2.7 Data available but not within regional council boundaries 178

7 Recommendations 1797.1 Indicators where no data source identified 179

7.1.1.1 Recommendation 1 1797.2 Indicators where no data available yet 179

7.2.1.1 Recommendation 2 1797.2.1.2 Recommendation 3 180

7.3 Indicators where national data only 1807.3.1.1 Recommendation 4 1807.3.1.2 Recommendation 5 1807.3.1.3 Recommendation 6 180

7.4 Indicators where regional data only 1807.4.1.1 Recommendation 7 1817.4.1.2 Recommendation 8 181

7.5 Indicators where data available for some territorial authorities only 1817.5.1.1 Recommendation 9 1817.5.1.2 Recommendation 10 1817.5.1.3 Recommendation 11 1827.5.1.4 Recommendation 12 182

7.6 Indicators where data available for territorial authorities only 1827.6.1.1 Recommendation 13 1827.6.1.2 Recommendation 14 1827.6.1.3 Recommendation 15 182

7.7 Indicators where data available within non-regional boundaries 1837.7.1.1 Recommendation 16 183

8 Next Steps 184

9 Appendices 1859.1 Appendix 1 – LGA Requirements to Monitor and Report Community Outcomes 1859.2 Appendix 2 – Non-core indicators 186

Page 5: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1084090 Page v

List of Tables Table 1: Summary of availability status for core indicators 10Table 2: Proportion of all samples collected during 2000-2004 which met the ‘excellent’,

‘satisfactory’ and ‘unsatisfactory’ standards for ecological water quality in Waikato rivers and streams 25

Table 3: Proportion of all samples collected during 2000-2004 which met the ‘excellent’, ‘satisfactory’ and ‘unsatisfactory’ standards for recreation in Waikato rivers and streams 26

Table 4: Nutrient enrichment of nine shallow lakes in the Waikato region (1993-2001) 27Table 5: Proportion of all samples collected during 2000-2004 which met the ‘excellent’,

‘satisfactory’ and ‘unsatisfactory’ standards for ecological health in Lake Taupo 28

Table 6: Proportion of all samples collected during summer 2005-2006 which met the ‘excellent’, ‘satisfactory’ and ‘unsatisfactory’ standards for contact recreation in Lake Taupo 29

Table 7: Percentage of air samples meeting “good”, “acceptable” or “alert” PM10 levels relative to guidelines, Waikato urban areas – 1998 to 2004 31

Table 8: Percentage of investigated areas with low, medium or high groundwater use in the Waikato Region 33

Table 9: Percentage of investigated areas with low, medium or high groundwater use – areas within the Waikato Region 33

Table 10: Extent of key land cover types in Waikato Region and territorial authorities, including indigenous vegetation 35

Table 11: Environmental attitudes in the Waikato Region 2004 37Table 12: Environmental attitudes in the Waikato Region 2004 by territorial authority 37Table 13: Most common named actions people have taken to protect the environment –

Waikato Region, 1998 and 2003 39Table 14: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Franklin

District 2003 39Table 15: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Hamilton City

2003 39Table 16: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Hauraki

District 2003 40Table 17: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Matamata-

Piako District 2003 40Table 18: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Otorohanga

District 2003 40Table 19: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Rotorua

District 2003 41Table 20: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – South Waikato

District 2003 41Table 21: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Taupo District

2003 41Table 22: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Thames-

Coromandel District 2003 42Table 23: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Waikato

District 2003 42Table 24: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Waipa District

2003 42Table 25: Top six actions people have taken to protect the environment – Waitomo

District 2003 42Table 26: Proportion of samples collected during 2005 (West Coast) and 2006 (East

Coast and Hauraki Gulf) which met the ‘excellent’, ‘satisfactory’ and ‘unsatisfactory’ standards for contact recreation on the coast – Waikato Region 44

Table 27: Length and ownership of Waikato Region coastal margin property by coastal area – 2002 45

Table 28: Summary of rural land subdivided between March 5 1991- March 5 1996, and March 6 1996 – March 6 2001, Waikato Region 47

Table 29: Summary of intensified rural land in the Waikato Region between March 5 1991 - March 5 1996, by territorial authority 47

Table 30: Summary of intensified rural land in the Waikato Region between March 6 1996 - March 6 2001, by territorial authority 48

Page 6: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page vi Doc #1093619

Table 31: Stock density in seven major water catchment zones in the Waikato Region, January 2001 49

Table 32: Annual energy consumption 2003 – Waikato Region and Hamilton City 50Table 33: Source of energy consumed in 2003 – Waikato Region and Hamilton City 50Table 34: Estimated total agricultural emissions of six greenhouse gases by territorial

authority, 2001 (estimates are reported in units of CO2 equivalents using Global Warming Potentials published in the IPCC Third Assessment Report (TAR) 52

Table 35: Estimated total area emissions of six greenhouse gases by territorial authority, 2001 (estimates are reported in units of CO2 equivalents using Global Warming Potentials published in the IPCC Third Assessment Report (TAR) 52

Table 36: Estimated total industrial emissions of six greenhouse gases by territorial authority, 2001 (estimates are reported in units of CO2 equivalents using Global Warming Potentials published in the IPCC Third Assessment Report (TAR) 53

Table 37: Estimated total natural emissions of six greenhouse gases by territorial authority, 2001 (estimates are reported in units of CO2 equivalents using Global Warming Potentials published in the IPCC Third Assessment Report (TAR) 53

Table 38: Estimated total transport emissions of six greenhouse gases by territorial authority, 2001 (estimates are reported in units of CO2 equivalents using Global Warming Potentials published in the IPCC Third Assessment Report (TAR) 54

Table 39: Energy use and contribution to GDP in the Waikato Region by economic sector 2003 55

Table 40: Landfill disposal data for selected territorial authorities in the Waikato Region – 2005 58

Table 41: Waste diverted from landfill (recycled) for selected territorial authorities in the Waikato Region – 2005 60

Table 42: Life expectancy from birth for Waikato Region and selected territorial authorities, 1990-92, 1995-97, 2000-02 61

Table 43: Avoidable mortality rate – Waikato District Health Board compared to New Zealand, 2000 68

Table 44: Avoidable hospitalisations - Waikato District Health Board compared to New Zealand, 2002 68

Table 45: Avoidable mortality by territorial authority in the Waikato DHB area 1998-2001 by population estimate (2001) 68

Table 46: Avoidable hospitalisations by territorial authority in the Waikato DHB area 2000-2003 by population estimate (2001) 69

Table 47: Respondents rating of overall quality of life – Hamilton City 2004 70Table 48: People who wanted to go to a GP in the last 12 months but felt unable to –

Hamilton City 2004 71Table 49: Number of students leaving Secondary Schools in 2004 with little or no

qualifications by gender – Waikato region and territorial authorities 73Table 50: Number of students leaving Secondary Schools in 2004 with little or no

qualifications by ethnicity – Waikato region and territorial authorities 73Table 51: Highest qualification by gender for usually resident population aged 15 years

and over 2001 – Waikato Region and territorial authorities 76Table 52: Highest qualification for Maori ethnic group by gender for the usually resident

population aged 15 years and over, 2001 – Waikato Region and territorial authorities 78

Table 53: Highest qualification for Maori ethnic group by gender for the usually resident population aged 15 years and over, 2001 – Waikato Region (continued) and territorial authorities 81

Table 54: Percent enrolments in Early Childhood Education services by age – Waikato Region 2005 85

Table 55: Number of Year 1 students who have had some Early Childhood Education (ECE), No ECE or unknown if had ECE, by territorial authority, 2005 85

Table 56: Number of Year 1 students who have had some Early Childhood Education (ECE) by ethnicity and territorial authority, 2005 86

Table 57: Respondents in paid employment who are using work skills, training and experience in their current jobs – Hamilton City 2004 88

Table 58: Rent to Income Ratio (percentage) for households paying rent for the private dwellings they occupy 1991, 1996, 2001 - Waikato Region and territorial authorities 90

Page 7: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1084090 Page vii

Table 59: Households(1) with housing costs(2) that are at least 25%, 30% or 40% of total net income(3), as a percentage of all households 2000-2001 – Waikato Region and HES Regions 91

Table 60: Households in owner occupied private dwellings as a percentage of households in all private occupied dwellings, 1991, 1996 and 2001 – Waikato Region and territorial authorities 93

Table 61: Number of bedrooms per household, number of people per bedroom and Equivalised Crowding Index, 1991, 1996, 2001 – Waikato Region and territorial authorities 94

Table 62: Victimisation rates in 2000 per 100 people by sex and by type of personal victimisation – whole of New Zealand 95

Table 63: Victimisation rates in 2000 per 100 participants by ethnicity and by type of personal victimisation – whole of New Zealand 96

Table 64: Recorded offences and resolution rates for Waikato Police District 2004 and 2005 96

Table 65: Respondents who feel safe in their homes after dark – Hamilton City 2004 98Table 66: Respondents who feel safe in their local neighbourhood after dark – Hamilton

City 2004 99Table 67: Respondents who feel safe in their city centre after dark – Hamilton City 2004 100Table 68: Total number of road traffic crashes resulting in injury and total number of

injuries in 2004 and 2005 – Waikato Region and territorial authorities 102Table 69: Unpaid activities (total responses) and gender for census usually resident

population aged 15 years and over 2001 – Waikato Region 103Table 70: Unpaid activities (Total responses) and gender, for the Census usually resident

population aged 15 years and over, 2001, by territorial authority 105Table 71: Unpaid activities (Total responses) and gender, for the Census usually resident

population aged 15 years and over, 2001, by territorial authority (continued) 106Table 72: Unpaid activities (Total responses) and gender for Maori ethnic group, for the

Census usually resident population aged 15 years and over, 2001, by territorial authority 107

Table 73: Unpaid activities (Total responses) and gender for Maori ethnic group, for the Census usually resident population aged 15 years and over, 2001, by territorial authority (continued) 108

Table 74: Groups or social networks that matter the most to respondents – Hamilton City 2004 112

Table 75: Total people employed, unemployed and unemployment rate for Waikato Region – March 2004 to March 2006 119

Table 76: Unemployment rate for territorial authorities by total population and Maori population, 2001 119

Table 77: Median weekly income for the Waikato Region by age group 2005 121Table 78: Median weekly income for the Waikato Region by gender 2005 121Table 79: Median weekly income for the Waikato Region by ethnicity 2005 122Table 80: Number of business enterprises, geographic units and employee counts by

ANZSIC industry type – Waikato Region 2005 124Table 81: Number of business enterprises, geographic units and employee counts by

ANZSIC industry type, by territorial authority 2005 125Table 82: Number of business enterprises, geographic units and employee counts by

ANZSIC industry type, by territorial authority 2005 (continued) 126Table 83: Number of business enterprises, geographic units and employee counts by

ANZSIC industry type, by territorial authority 2005 (continued) 128Table 84: Number of new dwelling units authorised – Waikato Region and selected

territorial authorities – April 2005 -2006 132Table 85: Public health grading for community water supplies for over 500 people, by

territorial authority, as at May 2005 134Table 86: Total number of road traffic crashes resulting in fatality or injury and total

number of fatalities and injuries in 2004 and 2005 – Waikato Region and territorial authorities 137

Table 87: Residents’ rating of agreement that decisions made by their local council are in the best interests of the city (Hamilton City 2004). 138

Table 88: Guest nights by month for territorial authorities in the Waikato Region – October 2005 to May 2006 140

Table 89: Number of international visitors visiting Waikato Region and nights spent – December 2001 to December 2005 141

Table 90: International and domestic visitor expenditure – Waikato RTO 143Table 91: International and domestic visitor expenditure – Coromandel RTO 143

Page 8: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page viii Doc #1093619

Table 92: International and domestic visitor expenditure – Lake Taupo RTO 143Table 93: Summary of Tourism Employment(1)(2) for New Zealand 144Table 94: National research and development expenditure by sector and published

industry – 2002 and 2004 145Table 95: Research and development expenditure as a proportion of GDP by sector 146Table 96: Number of students at major tertiary institutions in Waikato Region by provider,

nature of attendance, source of funding and gender - July 2004 148Table 97: Residents’ rating of their sense of pride in the way their city looks and feels –

Hamilton City 2004 150Table 98: Language spoken (Maori) and sex, for the Census usually resident population

count, 2001 – Waikato Region and territorial authorities 151Table 99: Language spoken (Maori) and sex, for the Maori ethnic group Census usually

resident population count, 2001 152Table 100: Proportion of people speaking the first language of their ethnic group – whole

of New Zealand 2001 (Table 1 from “Concerning Language” report) 154Table 101: Buildings and sites registered on Historic Places Trust Register as at 29 May

2006 by territorial authority 156Table 102: Number of historic places removed from the Historic Places Trust Register as

at 29 May 2006 by territorial authority 157Table 103: Number of people employed in cultural sector – change over time between

1991 and 2001 – New Zealand 165Table 104: People employed in cultural occupations by key employment indicators

(ethnicity, gender, qualifications, income) – New Zealand 2001 165Table 105: Percentage of all enrolled electors who cast a vote in the 2004 local body

elections – Waikato Region and territorial authorities 167Table 106: Percentage of estimated voting age population who cast a vote in 2002

general election – Waikato Region 167Table 107: The proportion of female elected members of city or district councils in the

2004 local body elections by territorial authority 170Table 108: Percentage of Maori elected members in local government across New

Zealand – 1992 to 2001 170Table 109: Percentage of respondents who agree that they would like more of a say in

what the council does – Hamilton City 2004 172Table 110: Residents’ rating of the amount of influence the public has on decisions that

council makes – Hamilton City 2004 173Table 111: Resident’s perceptions about whether cultural diversity makes Hamilton City a

better place to live – 2004 174Table 112: Summary of overall data gaps in core set of indicators 176

Page 9: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1084090 Page ix

List of Figures Figure 1: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Franklin District usually resident population

2001 63Figure 2: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Waikato District usually resident population

2001 63Figure 3: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Hamilton City usually resident population

2001 63Figure 4: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Thames-Coromandel District usually resident

population 2001 64Figure 5: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Hauraki District usually resident population

2001 64Figure 6: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Matamata-Piako District usually resident

population 2001 64Figure 7: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Waipa District usually resident population

2001 65Figure 8: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Otorohanga District usually resident

population 2001 65Figure 9: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Waitomo District usually resident population

2001 65Figure 10: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for South Waikato District usually resident

population 2001 66Figure 11: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Taupo District usually resident population

2001 66Figure 12: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Rotorua District usually resident population

2001 66Figure 13: Proportion of female secondary school students (aged 12–18 years) reporting

that most weeks they spent enough time with their parents (Reference period 2001) 114

Figure 14: Proportion of male secondary school students (age 12-18 years) reporting that most weeks they spent enough time with their parents (Reference period 2001) 115

Figure 15: Number of adults experiencing most popular cultural activities in previous four weeks (Figure 1.01) - 2002 159

Figure 16: Number of adults experiencing most popular cultural activities in previous 12 months - 2002 160

Figure 17: Local government spending on culture across NZ – 1999/2000 to 2003/04 161Figure 18: Local government total and per capita spending on public libraries 2003/2004 162Figure 19: Local government spending on museums and galleries – 1999/2000 to

2003/2004 162Figure 20: Local government spending on venues – 1999/2000 to 2003/2004 163Figure 21: Number of people employed in cultural sector – New Zealand 2001 164Figure 22: Proportion of female elected members of the city or district council in the 2004

local body elections by region 169

Page 10: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 2 Doc #1093619

Acknowledgements The MARCO Team (Monitoring and Reporting Community Outcomes) has been formed to develop co-ordinated procedures for monitoring progress towards the achievement of community outcomes. The team includes representatives from local authorities, central government and the Waikato District Health Board.

This report could not have been produced without the assistance of a number of people from different organisations. Special thanks to the two contractors doing most of the work, Angie Bryant, Andy Haigh and Hannah Jones, supervised by the Project Manager Beat Huser. Invaluable guidance and direction were provided by the team members of MARCO (Monitoring and Reporting Community Outcomes) and COPT (Community Outcomes Project Team). Funding from the multi-agency Choosing Futures Waikato partnership is gratefully acknowledged. A sincere thanks to all the providers of data for their very helpful and timely assistance in making data available and providing information about the data. Lastly, we thank all the organisations who commented on an earlier draft for their input to improve the report. A special thanks to Statistics NZ for reviewing the final draft.

Page 11: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1084090 Page 3

1 Introduction

1.1 Why monitor Monitoring of local and regional progress indicators is required to fulfil legislative obligations of councils and other organisations to better inform local strategic thinking and planning, and as a basis for community and stakeholder decision-making and action. Monitoring and reporting is a vital step in the overall planning cycle.

Integrated monitoring encompasses links between indicators at the national, regional and local level, covers all aspects of community well-being and is of benefit to a wide range of agencies and organisations.

Indicators summarise complex data so that changes can be detected over time. They provide a general signal about issues and trends. Additional information is generally required to understand changes and their implications.

1.2 What this report presents This document has been prepared for a working group of Waikato region strategic planners, known as MARCO (Monitoring and Reporting on Community Outcomes). MARCO is affiliated with the Waikato Information Forum (WINFO) and is part of the Choosing Futures Waikato (CFW) community outcome process.

This report presents metadata, the most recent data available and some trend data for the 75 core indicators identified by MARCO in March 2006 as most critical for measuring progress towards achievement of community outcomes across the Waikato Region. It provides a benchmark assessment of what data is available for these core indicators and where it can be found. Data gaps are identified and recommendations made about options for addressing these gaps where possible.

It is important to note that this is a data report only - no analysis has been undertaken to assess what recent data for each indicator tells us about progress towards achieving the relevant community outcomes. This report provides a platform for regional and territorial authority strategic planners to begin this analysis and prepare their inaugural community outcomes progress reports.

Page 12: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 4 Doc #1093619

2 Choosing Futures Waikato and MARCO

2.1 The Choosing Futures Process The Local Government Act 2002 (LGA) requires every local authority (regional, district and city council) to carry out a process to identify community outcomes. These are statements of how the community wants to be in the intermediate to long-term future. A key purpose of the identification process is to provide an opportunity for people to discuss their desired community outcomes in terms of present and future social, economic, environmental and cultural well-being.

In 2004 the twelve territorial authorities of the Waikato Region agreed to cooperate with each other, and with the Waikato Regional Council (EW), to coordinate a process to identify regional-level community outcomes. Participating council areas are shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1: The Waikato region

Source: www.choosingfutures.co.nz

The Waikato regional community outcomes are broader than just council activities or local issues, encompassing the overall social, economic, environmental and cultural well-being of the Waikato Region. The regional community outcomes sit alongside and supplement the local community outcomes identified within each territorial authority area.

In mid 2004 a coordinator was appointed to oversee the regional community consultation project and a consultation plan was subsequently developed and undertaken, consisting of four steps:

Page 13: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1084090 Page 5

1. Visioning (November 2004 to March 2005) – a key stakeholder workshop and series of nine community workshops held throughout the Waikato Region to gain ideas about people’s aspirations for the region.

2. Organising (May to June 2005) – collation of various strands of information by a broadly representative cross-sectoral Community Outcomes Working Group. Information was collated from (a) the regional visioning process, (b) local community outcomes processes undertaken by the local councils as part of their own community outcomes processes, (c) previous information collected by local authorities about community aspirations and issues, and (d) information collected through a parallel iwi consultation process undertaken at the regional level with the Trust Boards for Tuwharetoa, Maniapoto, Raukawa, Waikato and Hauraki, coordinated by the Tai-Ranga-Whenua Unit of EW and Kowhai Consulting Ltd. (Consultation has also been undertaken at a local level between local authorities and iwi, hapu and Maori organisations whose rohe falls within each of the local authority boundaries).

3. Key Stakeholder Review (June 2005) – key stakeholders reviewed the draft outcomes and contributed in more detail.

4. Community Review (August to September 2005) – the regional community reviewed the draft outcomes and provided feedback.

A draft set of community outcomes was confirmed by the Community Outcomes Working Group in September 2005 and the final set was ‘signed off’ in November 2005. For further information about the Choosing Futures Waikato process to identify regional community outcomes, e-mail [email protected].

2.2 Monitoring and Reporting on Community Outcomes – the MARCO group To develop co-ordinated procedures for monitoring progress towards achievement of regional community outcomes, a working group “Monitoring and Reporting on Community Outcomes” (MARCO) has been formed. The group is made up of strategic planners from across the Waikato Region, including Environment Waikato, city and district councils and Waikato District Health Board.

The goal of MARCO is to compile data for a regional core set of indicators that is relevant at both the regional and local levels. The intention is to ensure that monitoring of community outcomes is consistent, efficient and accurate. The core set is applicable to all or most local authorities and will be accessible using a web-based data discovery tool. The tool will allow the searching, discovery and download of data and important background information about each indicator (metadata). This will enable information sharing and more efficient use of expertise across the region, which should result in costs savings and better quality information being captured.

This report provides a benchmark for the identified core indicators, which can be used for monitoring trends over the coming years.

The core indicators were selected from an initial list of over 200 potential indicators, based on an evaluation of technical feasibility (measurability, cost effectiveness and understandability), local relevance (survey of all twelve Waikato district/city councils), regional relevance (Workshop with the Community Outcomes Working Group). A prioritised ranking list combines the results of all the above assessments (refer to http://choosingfutures.co.nz/indicators/).

Page 14: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 6 Doc #1093619

Further work will be carried out on the suitability and availability of non-core indicators to complement the information obtained from the core indicators and further assist tracking progress towards achieving regional and local community outcomes.

Also, in a parallel process, work has begun to explore and identify suitable Maori/Iwi indicators. This is being undertaken with Iwi representatives to ensure the relevance and usefulness of the indicators. Very little work has been undertaken on Maori/Iwi indicators and considerable effort and resources will be required to advance these.

Page 15: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1084090 Page 7

3 Report Methodology

3.1 Background Data and associated metadata for the 75 core regional indicators were collated between March and June 2006. These were selected from over 200 initial indicators identified as potentially suitable to measure community outcomes (see www.choosingfutures.co.nz).

The core set was selected based on:

Regional relevance (defined at Community Outcomes Working Group workshop on 15 November 2005)

Local relevance (defined using the outcomes of a survey of all Waikato district and city councils undertaken through the Strategic Planners Network)

Technical evaluation – measurability, cost-effectiveness, understandability (defined by the MARCO group).

A combined ranking of all indicators led to the selection of the core group. For a copy of the combined ranking, as well as the results of the three individual assessments, contact the Choosing Futures Waikato Co-ordinator (http://choosingfutures.co.nz/index.asp?pageID=2145829820).

The resulting core indicator set formed the basis for gathering and collation of metadata and data and the preparation of this Benchmark Indicator report. The information provided by the MARCO (Monitoring and Reporting Community Outcomes) working group included data source/s for each indicator (where known), and notes about availability at different geographic levels and cross-tabulations.

3.2 Metadata1 collation MARCO required that a metadata template be used similar to that already used by Environment Waikato for regional environmental indicators. Metadata was collected under the following headings:

What this indicator is about Why we monitor this indicator Where and how this data is collected Monitoring sites Monitoring frequency Monitoring history Measurement techniques How this indicator is compiled Useful links Contact person.

As the task progressed, the following extra fields were added to provide better quality metadata: Current limitations Other indicators and data sources.

1 Metadata are "Data about data ". Structured information that describes and/or enables finding, managing, controlling, understanding or preserving other information over time. Used by search engines to find records of resources which match the search terms a searcher has entered into the search engine (http://www.e.govt.nz/standards/nzgls/standard/usage-guide-2-1/).

Page 16: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 8 Doc #1093619

The first step in gathering metadata was to investigate the data source provided by MARCO. Data sources were almost all web-based and relatively simple to locate. Relevant websites were accessed and searched for the relevant information. Some data sources provided clearly labelled metadata, while others required a more thorough search and follow up with contact people from the relevant organisation to check key points. A master spreadsheet was maintained by the contractors to document progress with each indicator – refer to EW document #1063382. This included when and who follow-up emails were sent to in order to check metadata details.

Metadata template documents were filled in for each indicator as the metadata was gathered. For all indicators sourced directly from Statistics NZ, metadata documents were reviewed by relevant Statistics NZ staff members to ensure accuracy.

Any data gaps or limitations were recorded, along with alternative indicator and data sources, and future monitoring plans where known.

3.3 Data collation The most recent data available at the time of report preparation were used as the benchmark (or baseline) for the report. For indicators based on Census data, 2001 data has been used in the benchmark report, as official 2006 Census was not yet available.

For most indicators, the most recent data available was able to be collated from the web-based data source provided by MARCO. Data was downloaded in whatever form available for each indicator, ranging from Excel spreadsheets to image files, and saved into clearly labelled data files on the EW computer system.

Where available and relevant, data was collated for each indicator at the following levels: Waikato Region Territorial authority By gender By age group By ethnicity.

Where relevant or specifically requested by MARCO, data for other cross-tabulations were also collated.

3.4 Benchmark data report This benchmark data report has involved the compilation of background information about the MARCO project and the benchmark data gathering process, together with key information for each core indicator.

The key section of the report (Section 5 – Benchmark Indicator Results) is structured around the themes and outcomes determined by the Choosing Futures Waikato process. This section was prepared largely by extracting the relevant metadata information for each indicator from the completed metadata sheets, together with the most recent data available for each indicator (as at end of May 2006 when the data gathering process was completed). Care has been taken to focus on presenting the available raw data, rather than undertaking any additional data analysis or processing to better meet the needs of MARCO. The author considers this is the next step for the MARCO team to consider, based on the raw data available.

Data gaps have been highlighted and the author has made some recommendations about how these could be addressed in the future.

Page 17: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1084090 Page 9

3.5 Trend report Following the preparation of a comprehensive draft benchmark data report, the MARCO team requested that the author collate trend data for core indicators where available. While some trend data is already included in this benchmark report, a separate trend report has been prepared to include time series data for those core indicators where it is currently easily and freely available. Further trend data has not been included in this benchmark report in order to keep the report size manageable. Refer to Environment Waikato document # 1094863 for the trend data report.

Page 18: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

10

Doc

#10

8409

0

4 In

dica

tor S

umm

ary

Tabl

e 1:

Sum

mar

y of

ava

ilabi

lity

stat

us fo

r cor

e in

dica

tors

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

Sust

aina

ble

Envi

ronm

ent

5.1.

1.1

1 R

iver

wat

er q

ualit

y fo

r eco

logi

cal h

ealth

20

04

Reg

iona

l

Key

cat

chm

ents

N/A

5.1.

1.2

2 R

iver

wat

er q

ualit

y fo

r rec

reat

ion

20

04

Reg

iona

l

Key

cat

chm

ents

N/A

5.1.

1.3

3 La

kes

wat

er q

ualit

y fo

r eco

logi

cal h

ealth

20

04 (L

ake

Taup

o)

2001

(Pea

t lak

es)

Lake

Tau

po

Nin

e sh

allo

w p

eat l

akes

in R

egio

n

N/A

5.1.

1.4

4 La

kes

wat

er q

ualit

y fo

r con

tact

recr

eatio

n S

umm

er 2

005-

06

Lake

Tau

po (T

aupo

Dis

trict

onl

y)

N/A

5.1.

1.5

5 La

nd u

se

No

data

– p

roje

ct u

nder

way

with

Sta

tistic

s N

ew Z

eala

nd a

nd L

andc

are

Res

earc

h to

add

ress

this

gap

.

- N

/A

Page 19: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

11

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

5.1.

1.6

6 A

ir qu

ality

(par

ticul

ate

mat

ter,

PM

10)

2004

R

egio

nal (

sele

cted

urb

an a

reas

) N

/A

5.1.

1.7

7 G

roun

dwat

er a

vaila

bilit

y an

d us

e 20

02

Reg

iona

l N

/A

5.1.

1.8

8 S

urfa

ce w

ater

ava

ilabi

lity

and

use

No

data

– in

dica

tor u

nder

dev

elop

men

t (li

kely

to b

e re

gion

al o

nly)

N

/A

5.1.

1.9

9 P

rote

ctio

n of

nat

ural

her

itage

and

land

scap

es

No

data

sou

rce

iden

tifie

d -

N/A

5.1

.1.1

0 10

E

xten

t of n

ativ

e ve

geta

tion

(fore

st,

wet

land

,coa

stal

)

1996

R

egio

nal,

loca

l (bu

t par

ts o

f som

e

TAs

not i

nclu

ded

if ou

t of r

egio

n)

N/A

5.1

.1.1

1 11

P

rote

cted

nat

ive

vege

tatio

n ar

eas

No

data

ava

ilabl

e ye

t at r

egio

nal l

evel

indi

cato

r und

er d

evel

opm

ent.

Som

e da

ta a

vaila

ble

at lo

cal l

evel

but

not c

lear

how

con

sist

ent b

etw

een

TAs.

Reg

iona

l

Som

e lo

cal

N/A

5.1.

2.1

12

Peo

ple’

s en

viro

nmen

tal a

ttitu

des

2004

R

egio

nal

Loca

l

Not

read

ily a

vaila

ble

but p

ossi

bly

on

requ

est

Page 20: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

12

Doc

#10

8409

0

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

5.1

.2.2

13

P

eopl

e’s

pers

onal

env

ironm

enta

l act

ions

20

03

Reg

iona

l

Loca

l

Not

read

ily a

vaila

ble

but p

ossi

bly

on

requ

est

5.1

.3.1

14

C

oast

al w

ater

qua

lity

for r

ecre

atio

n 20

05/2

006

Reg

iona

l N

/A

5.1

.3.2

15

P

ublic

acc

ess

(or C

oast

line

owne

rshi

p)

No

data

sou

rce

iden

tifie

d

2002

- Reg

iona

l

Coa

stal

are

as

N/A

5.1

.4.1

16

R

ural

sub

divi

sion

20

01

Reg

iona

l

Loca

l

N/A

5.1

.4.2

17

S

tock

den

sity

20

01

Reg

iona

l

Maj

or c

atch

men

t zon

es

N/A

5.1

.5.1

18

To

tal e

nerg

y co

nsum

ptio

n 20

03

Reg

iona

l

Ham

ilton

City

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Page 21: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

13

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

5.1

.5.2

19

G

reen

hous

e ga

s em

issi

ons

2001

Lo

cal

N/A

5.1

.5.3

20

E

nerg

y ef

ficie

ncy

(or E

nerg

y us

e re

lativ

e to

eco

nom

ic g

row

th)

- 2003

- Reg

iona

l

N/A

N/A

5.1

.6.1

21

W

aste

to la

ndfil

ls

2005

Lo

cal b

ut n

ot c

ompr

ehen

sive

N

/A

5.1

.6.2

22

P

ropo

rtion

of r

ecyc

ling

20

05

Loca

l but

not

com

preh

ensi

ve

N/A

Qua

lity

of

Life

5.2

.1.1

23

Life

exp

ecta

ncy

at b

irth

2000

-02

Reg

iona

l

Tham

es-C

orom

ande

l Dis

trict

Ham

ilton

City

, Wai

pa D

istri

ct

Not

ava

ilabl

e

5.2

.1.2

24

S

ocia

l dep

rivat

ion

inde

x 20

01

Loca

l

Sub

-loca

l ava

ilabl

e fro

m M

oH

N/A

as

inde

x is

are

a

base

d, s

o do

esn’

t

look

at i

ndiv

idua

ls

5.2

.1.3

25

A

void

able

mor

talit

y an

d ho

spita

lisat

ion

rate

s 20

00

Wai

kato

DH

B D

istri

ct

Loca

l – T

errit

oria

l aut

horit

ies

Not

read

ily a

vaila

ble

but c

ould

pos

sibl

y

be a

cces

sed

thro

ugh

Page 22: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

14

Doc

#10

8409

0

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

with

in W

aika

to D

HB

Dis

trict

; oth

er

terr

itoria

l aut

horit

ies

prob

ably

avai

labl

e fro

m a

djoi

ning

DH

Bs

Min

istry

of H

ealth

5.2.

1.4

26

Ove

rall

qual

ity o

f life

20

04

Ham

ilton

City

Reg

iona

l fro

m 2

006

Yes

5.2.

1.5

27

Bar

riers

to a

cces

sing

Gen

eral

Pra

ctiti

oner

s 20

04

Ham

ilton

City

Reg

iona

l fro

m 2

006

Yes

5.2.

2.1

28

Sch

ool l

eave

rs w

ith n

o fo

rmal

qua

lific

atio

n 20

04

Reg

iona

l

Loca

l

Yes

5.2

.2.2

29

Edu

catio

nal a

ttain

men

t of t

he a

dult

popu

latio

n 20

01

Reg

iona

l

Loca

l

Yes

5.2.

2.3

30

Par

ticip

atio

n in

ear

ly c

hild

hood

edu

catio

n 20

04

Nat

iona

l N

ot a

vaila

ble

5.2.

2.4

31

Adu

lt an

d co

mm

unity

edu

catio

n D

ata

not y

et a

vaila

ble

- -

Page 23: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

15

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

5.2

.2.5

32

W

ork

oppo

rtuni

ties

mat

chin

g sk

ills

2004

R

egio

nal f

rom

200

6

Ham

ilton

City

Yes

5.2

.3.1

33

R

ent t

o in

com

e ra

tio

2001

R

egio

nal

Loca

l

N/A

bec

ause

bas

ed

on h

ouse

hold

s no

t

indi

vidu

als

5.2

.3.2

34

H

ousi

ng a

fford

abili

ty

2000

-01

Nat

iona

l

Reg

iona

l for

200

0-01

onl

y

N/A

(as

abov

e)

5.2

.3.3

35

H

ome

owne

rshi

p ra

te

2001

R

egio

nal

Loca

l

N/A

(as

abov

e)

5.2

.3.4

36

H

ouse

hold

cro

wdi

ng

2001

R

egio

nal

Loca

l

N/A

(as

abov

e)

5.2

.3.5

37

P

roxi

mity

to w

ork,

stu

dy, r

ecre

atio

n

No

data

sou

rce

iden

tifie

d -

-

38

C

rimin

al v

ictim

isat

ion

rate

s

2000

N

atio

nal

Yes

Page 24: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

16

Doc

#10

8409

0

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

5.2

.4.1

(a

ltern

ativ

e in

dica

tor a

t loc

al le

vel -

Rep

orte

d

crim

inal

offe

nces

and

reso

lutio

n ra

tes)

2004

and

200

5 R

egio

nal (

Wai

kato

Pol

ice

Dis

trict

)

Loca

l (M

PD

C),

othe

r TA

s un

sure

To b

e co

nfirm

ed

5.

2.4.

2 39

P

erce

ptio

ns o

f saf

ety

2004

H

amilt

on C

ity

Reg

iona

l fro

m 2

006

Yes

5.

2.4.

3 40

R

oad

traffi

c in

jury

rate

s

2004

R

egio

nal

Loca

l

To b

e co

nfirm

ed

5.

2.5.

1 41

U

npai

d w

ork

2001

R

egio

nal

Loca

l

Yes

5.

2.6.

1 42

P

artic

ipat

ion

in s

port

and

activ

e le

isur

e 20

01

Reg

iona

l (S

PA

RC

)

Reg

iona

l fro

m 2

006

(QoL

)

Ham

ilton

City

from

200

6 (Q

oL)

To b

e co

nfirm

ed

Yes

Yes

5.

2.7.

1 43

P

artic

ipat

ion

in s

ocia

l net

wor

ks a

nd g

roup

s 20

04

Ham

ilton

City

Reg

iona

l fro

m 2

006

Yes

Page 25: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

17

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

5.

2.7.

2 44

C

onta

ct b

etw

een

youn

g pe

ople

and

thei

r par

ents

20

01

Reg

iona

l N

ot a

vaila

ble

5.2

.8.1

45

Y

outh

and

old

er p

eopl

e’s

enga

gem

ent i

n

deci

sion

-mak

ing

No

data

sou

rce

iden

tifie

d -

-

Sust

aina

ble

Econ

omy

5.3

.1.1

46

Gen

uine

Pro

gres

s In

dica

tor

(alte

rnat

ive

indi

cato

r unt

il G

PI a

vaila

ble

-

Eco

logi

cal f

ootp

rint)

No

data

ava

ilabl

e ye

t – in

dica

tor u

nder

deve

lopm

ent

Eco

logi

cal f

ootp

rint –

199

6-99

- Reg

iona

l onl

y

N/A

N/A

5.3

.2.1

47

R

egio

nal G

DP

N

o da

ta a

vaila

ble

yet –

indi

cato

r und

er

deve

lopm

ent

Reg

iona

l onl

y

N/A

5.

3.2.

2 48

U

nem

ploy

men

t rat

e D

ec 2

005

2001

Reg

iona

l

Loca

l

Yes

Yes

5.

3.2.

3 49

M

edia

n w

eekl

y in

com

e 20

05

Reg

iona

l

Loca

l not

read

ily a

vaila

ble

but

poss

ibly

by

requ

est f

or a

fee

Yes

To b

e co

nfirm

ed

Page 26: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

18

Doc

#10

8409

0

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

5.

3.2.

4 50

N

umbe

r of b

usin

esse

s an

d em

ploy

ees

by

indu

stry

2005

R

egio

nal

Loca

l

N/A

5.3

.2.5

51

B

uild

ing

cons

ents

A

pril

2006

R

egio

nal

Ham

ilton

City

, Fra

nklin

Dis

trict

,

Tham

es-C

orom

ande

l Dis

trict

,

Wai

pa D

istri

ct a

nd T

aupo

Dis

trict

read

ily a

vaila

ble.

Rem

aini

ng T

As

avai

labl

e fro

m IN

FOS

for a

fee

or

from

TA

s th

emse

lves

.

N/A

5.3

.3.1

52

D

rinki

ng w

ater

qua

lity

20

05

Loca

l and

sub

-loca

l N

/A

5.3

.3.2

53

R

oad

traffi

c cr

ashe

s an

d ca

sual

ties

2004

R

egio

nal

Loca

l

To b

e co

nfirm

ed

5.3

.4.1

54

R

esid

ents

’ con

fiden

ce in

cou

ncil’

s de

cisi

on

mak

ing

2004

R

egio

nal 2

006

Ham

ilton

City

Yes

Page 27: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

19

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

5.3

.4.2

55

R

esid

ent s

atis

fact

ion

with

cou

ncils

' app

roac

h to

plan

ning

and

pro

vidi

ng s

ervi

ces

No

data

sou

rce

iden

tifie

d -

-

5.3

.5.1

56

R

egio

nal G

DP

con

tribu

ted

by p

rimar

y in

dust

ries

N

o da

ta a

vaila

ble

yet –

indi

cato

r und

er

deve

lopm

ent

Reg

iona

l onl

y pl

anne

d N

/A

5.3

.6.1

5.3

.6.2

57

Nig

hts

in c

omm

erci

al a

ccom

mod

atio

n

Reg

ions

vis

ited

by in

tern

atio

nal v

isito

rs a

nd

nigh

ts s

pent

Mar

ch 2

006

Dec

embe

r 200

5

Loca

l

Reg

iona

l

Not

ava

ilabl

e

N/A

5.3

.6.3

58

In

com

e fro

m to

uris

m (i

nter

natio

nal a

nd d

omes

tic)

2004

R

egio

nal T

ouris

m O

rgan

isat

ion

area

s on

ly (W

aika

to, C

orom

ande

l

and

Lake

Tau

po)

N/A

5.3

.6.4

59

E

mpl

oym

ent i

n th

e to

uris

m in

dust

ry

2004

N

atio

nal

Not

ava

ilabl

e

5.3

.7.1

60

To

tal r

esea

rch

fund

ing

20

04

Nat

iona

l N

/A

5.3

.7.2

61

E

nrol

men

ts a

t ter

tiary

edu

catio

n in

stitu

tes

(by

type

of s

tudy

)

July

200

4 N

atio

nal

Reg

iona

l – m

ajor

inst

itutio

ns o

nly

Yes

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Page 28: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

20

Doc

#10

8409

0

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

Cul

ture

and

Iden

tity

5.4

.1.1

62

Res

iden

t's ra

ting

of th

eir s

ense

of p

ride

in th

e

way

thei

r city

/tow

n lo

oks

and

feel

s

2004

R

egio

nal f

rom

200

6

Ham

ilton

City

Yes

5.4

.1.2

63

N

umbe

r of M

aori

spea

kers

(in

Mao

ri an

d in

tota

l

popu

latio

n)

2001

R

egio

nal

Loca

l

Yes

5.4

.1.3

64

P

ropo

rtion

of p

opul

atio

n th

at s

peak

the

‘firs

t

lang

uage

’ of t

heir

ethn

ic g

roup

2001

N

atio

nal

Reg

iona

l and

loca

l pos

sibl

y fo

r fee

N/A

(Rep

ort

excl

udes

Mao

ri)

5.4

.2.1

65

N

umbe

r of b

uild

ings

and

pla

ces

liste

d on

His

toric

Pla

ces

Trus

t reg

iste

r

May

200

6 Lo

cal

N/A

5.4

.2.2

66

N

umbe

r and

pro

porti

on o

f her

itage

bui

ldin

gs

dem

olis

hed

or re

mov

ed fr

om h

erita

ge re

cord

s

May

200

6 Lo

cal

N/A

5.4

.2.3

67

D

esig

n of

new

dev

elop

men

ts

No

data

ava

ilabl

e ye

t R

egio

nal f

rom

200

6

Loca

l fro

m 2

006

To b

e co

nfirm

ed

Page 29: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

21

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

5.4

.3.1

68

R

esid

ent’s

sat

isfa

ctio

n w

ith c

ultu

ral f

acili

ties

prov

ided

No

data

sou

rce

iden

tifie

d -

-

5.

4.3.

2 69

P

artic

ipat

ion

in c

ultu

ral a

nd a

rts a

ctiv

ities

20

03

Nat

iona

l

Reg

iona

l fro

m 2

006

(QoL

)

Ham

ilton

City

from

200

6 (Q

oL)

Yes

Yes

Yes

5.

4.3.

3 70

P

ropo

rtion

of c

ounc

il's s

pend

ing

on c

ultu

ral

activ

ities

and

eve

nts

No

data

sou

rce

iden

tifie

d -

-

5.

4.4.

1 71

P

eopl

e em

ploy

ed in

cul

tura

l sec

tor

2001

N

atio

nal

Reg

iona

l and

loca

l pos

sibl

y

avai

labl

e by

requ

est f

or a

fee

To b

e co

nfirm

ed

Part

icip

atio

n

and

Equi

ty

5.

5.1.

1

72

Per

cent

age

of v

oter

turn

out a

t loc

al a

nd g

ener

al

elec

tions

2004

R

egio

nal

Loca

l

Not

ava

ilabl

e

Page 30: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

22

Doc

#10

8409

0

Out

com

e

Them

e

# In

dica

tor

Mos

t Rec

ent D

ata

Ava

ilabl

e C

over

age

(Nat

iona

l/Reg

iona

l/Loc

al)

Ethn

icity

(Mao

ri / N

on-M

aori)

5.

5.1.

2 73

D

egre

e of

repr

esen

tatio

n by

Tan

gata

Whe

nua

and

min

ority

gro

ups

on g

over

nanc

e an

d

deci

sion

-mak

ing

bodi

es

2004

2001

Loca

l (w

omen

)

Loca

l (M

aori)

Not

ava

ilabl

e

N/A

5.

5.1.

3 74

R

esid

ents

sat

isfa

ctio

n w

ith C

ounc

il's p

rovi

sion

of

oppo

rtuni

ties

for c

omm

unity

invo

lvem

ent i

n

deci

sion

s

2004

R

egio

nal f

rom

200

6

Ham

ilton

City

Yes

5.

5.2.

1 75

P

erce

ntag

e of

resi

dent

s pe

rcei

ving

that

cul

tura

l

dive

rsity

mak

es th

eir r

egio

n/ c

ity/to

wn

a be

tter

plac

e to

live

2004

R

egio

nal f

rom

200

6

Ham

ilton

City

Yes

Not

e:

The

abov

e ta

ble

does

not

incl

ude

Mao

ri/Iw

i ind

icat

ors.

The

se a

re c

urre

ntly

bei

ng d

evel

oped

by

Tai R

anga

Whe

nua

(EW

) an

d Ko

wha

i Con

sulti

ng L

td.

for

the

Out

com

e Th

emes

of:

Mao

ri H

erita

ge, R

egio

nal I

dent

ity a

nd P

ride,

Bic

ultu

ral P

artn

ersh

ips,

Tik

anga

Mao

ri, T

reat

y of

Wai

tang

i, U

niqu

e St

atus

of T

anga

ta W

henu

a,

Mao

ri H

ousi

ng, M

aori

Soci

al W

ell-b

eing

, M

aori

Econ

omic

Pro

sper

ity a

nd A

ir, L

and

and

Wat

er Q

ualit

y.

Page 31: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

23

Not

e th

at T

able

1 d

iffer

s sl

ight

ly fr

om M

AR

CO

’s o

rigin

al fi

nal c

ore

indi

cato

r lis

t as

a re

sult

of r

efin

emen

ts m

ade

durin

g th

e m

etad

ata

colle

ctio

n pr

oces

s.

Som

e m

ore

com

plex

indi

cato

rs h

ave

been

spl

it in

to tw

o se

para

te in

dica

tors

, whi

le fo

r oth

ers,

the

wor

ding

of t

he in

dica

tor h

as b

een

refin

ed to

bet

ter r

efle

ct

eith

er th

e da

ta s

ourc

e or

rem

ove

ambi

guity

. Th

e ch

ange

s m

ade

to th

e or

igin

al li

st a

re s

umm

aris

ed a

s fo

llow

s:

#3

‘Lak

es w

ater

qua

lity’

div

ided

into

two

indi

cato

rs –

one

eac

h fo

r eco

logi

cal h

ealth

and

con

tact

recr

eatio

n

#4 ‘L

and

cove

r and

land

use

’ cha

nged

to ju

st ‘L

and

use’

(mor

e ac

cura

te re

flect

ion

of d

ata

and

avoi

ds o

verla

p w

ith ‘e

xten

t of n

ativ

e ve

geta

tion)

#7 ‘W

ater

ava

ilabi

lity

and

use’

div

ided

into

two

indi

cato

rs –

one

eac

h fo

r gro

undw

ater

and

sur

face

wat

er

#2

1 ‘L

ife e

xpec

tanc

y/he

alth

exp

ecta

ncy’

refin

ed to

‘Life

exp

ecta

ncy

at b

irth’

#24

‘Sen

se o

f em

otio

nal w

ell-b

eing

’ ref

ined

to ‘O

vera

ll qu

ality

of l

ife” b

ased

on

Qua

lity

of L

ife s

urve

y in

dica

tor n

ame

#3

0 ‘M

edia

n w

eekl

y re

nt (b

y in

com

e)’ c

hang

ed to

Sta

tistic

s N

Z ‘R

ent t

o in

com

e ra

tio’ a

s a

sim

pler

mor

e co

ncis

e in

dica

tor

#3

7 ‘In

jury

rate

s’ re

fined

to re

fer t

o ‘R

oad

traffi

c in

jury

rate

s’

#3

8 ‘E

mpl

oym

ent/u

nem

ploy

men

t rat

e’ re

fined

to ‘U

nem

ploy

men

t rat

e’

#4

2 ‘P

erce

ptio

ns o

f acc

ess

to a

dequ

ate

fam

ily s

ervi

ces

and

supp

ort n

etw

orks

’ cha

nged

to ‘P

artic

ipat

ion

in s

ocia

l net

wor

ks a

nd g

roup

s’ b

ased

on

rece

nt

chan

ges

to Q

ualit

y of

Life

sur

veys

#55

‘Vis

itor n

umbe

rs a

nd n

ight

s in

com

mer

cial

acc

omm

odat

ion’

refin

ed to

two

indi

cato

rs ‘N

ight

s in

com

mer

cial

acc

omm

odat

ion’

and

‘Reg

ions

vis

ited

by

inte

rnat

iona

l vis

itors

and

nig

hts

spen

t’

#56

‘Tou

rism

Wai

kato

per

form

ance

indi

cato

rs’ i

dent

ified

incl

ude

‘Inco

me

from

tou

rism

(in

tern

atio

nal a

nd d

omes

tic)’

and

‘em

ploy

men

t in

the

tou

rism

in

dust

ry’

#6

0 ‘P

ropo

rtion

of M

aori

spea

kers

(in

Mao

ri an

d to

tal p

opul

atio

n)’ r

efin

ed to

‘Num

ber’

rath

er th

an ‘P

ropo

rtion

,’ as

no

offic

ial d

ata

on p

ropo

rtion

ava

ilabl

e (a

lthou

gh c

ould

be

calc

ulat

ed b

y M

AR

CO

if re

quire

d).

Page 32: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 24 Doc #1084090

5 Benchmark Indicator Results This section presents simple metadata and the most recent data available for each of the core indicators, grouped by the five community outcome themes and 38 individual community outcomes.

5.1 Sustainable Environment Theme The Waikato Region values and protects its diverse, interconnected natural environments.

5.1.1 Air, land, water quality and biodiversity outcome (a) The iconic landscapes and natural features of our environment define and

sustain us. We respect and celebrate them as Taonga.2(b) Our natural environment is protected and respected. Its ecological balance is

restored, its air, soil and water quality is improved, and its native biodiversity is enhanced.

(d) The traditional role of Iwi and Hapu as Kaitiaki is acknowledged, respected and enabled.3(f) Our region’s waterways have consistently high water quality.

5.1.1.1 #1 – River water quality for ecological health

What does ‘River water quality for ecological health’ mean? This indicator shows how suitable our water quality is for aquatic plants and animals to live there. Environment Waikato describes the average ‘pass rate’ for seven water quality measures: dissolved oxygen pH turbidity ammonia temperature nitrogen phosphorus.

Why is ‘River water quality for ecological health’ important? Environment Waikato monitors a representative cross-section of rivers and streams across the region to assess the suitability of water quality for native water plants and animals.

ResultsAt each monitoring site, the proportions of all samples collected during 2000 – 2004 for a given water quality variable which met the standard for excellent water quality were determined. Similarly, the proportions which met the standard for satisfactory and unsatisfactory water quality were determined. This process was undertaken for all seven variables.

At each site, the average value of the proportions found to be ‘excellent’ for each of the seven variables was calculated. Average proportions for the ‘satisfactory’ and ‘unsatisfactory’ categories were also calculated.

2 This outcome is not covered by the indicators in this report but will be addressed by associated Maori indicators which

are being developed in a parallel process. 3 This outcome is not covered by the indicators in this report but will be addressed by associated Maori indicators which

are being developed in a parallel process.

Page 33: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 25

The results for the individual sites were then aggregated according to site location. Results from the five Waikato River sites upstream of Lake Karapiro were aggregated into an ‘Upper River’ result, while the other sites were aggregated into a ‘Lower River’ result. The results for the other 100 sites were aggregated into seven ‘water zones’.

Table 2: Proportion of all samples collected during 2000-2004 which met the ‘excellent’, ‘satisfactory’ and ‘unsatisfactory’ standards for ecological water quality in Waikato rivers and streams

Zone Proportion which met ‘excellent’ standard

Proportion which met ‘satisfactory’ standard

Proportion which met‘unsatisfactory’ standard

Upper Waikato River 65.1 28.5 6.4

Lower Waikato River 43.7 24.1 32.2

Taupo tributaries 68.2 23.5 8.2

Coromandel 62.3 28 9.7

West Coast 50.7 26.4 23

Waipa River 45.7 24.7 29.5

Hauraki 43.1 21.5 35.3

Upland Waikato 44.6 19.4 36

Lowland Waikato 34.5 24.3 41.2Source:www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/inlandwater/riversandstreams/riv1/data.htm

Note that data from 2005 will be available from Environment Waikato by around end July 2006.

Gaps and limitations The indicator created by Environment Waikato is summarised by Upper and Lower Waikato River, and seven other regional/catchment areas. No summary statistics exist for territorial authority areas. If this is required, Environment Waikato will have to supply raw data for all 110 sites and further analysis will be needed.

More information Environment Waikato – River Water Quality

www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/inlandwater/riversandstreams/riv1/keypoints.htm

Environment Waikato - How Healthy are our Rivers? www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/water/healthyrivers/index.htm

Ministry for the Environment Environmental Performance Indicators – Freshwater www.mfe.govt.nz

5.1.1.2 #2 – River water quality for recreation

What does ‘River water quality for recreation’ mean? This indicator measures the numbers of faecal bacteria and the water clarity in our rivers and streams. It is measured as an average 'pass rate' for two water quality measures:

water clarity at baseflow Escherichia coli (E.coli) – single sample.

Page 34: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 26 Doc #1084090

Why is ‘River water quality for recreation’ important? Environment Waikato monitors a representative sample of rivers and streams across the region to determine how good the water quality is for contact recreation (such as swimming and water skiing).

ResultsAt each monitoring site, Environment Waikato determined the proportions of all samples collected during 2000 - 2004 for a given water quality variable which met the standard for excellent water quality. Similarly, Environment Waikato determined the proportions that met the standard for satisfactory and unsatisfactory water quality. This process was undertaken for both water clarity and E.coli.

At each site, Environment Waikato calculated the average value of the proportions found to be ‘excellent’ for both of the variables. Environment Waikato also calculated the average proportions for the ‘satisfactory’ and ‘unsatisfactory’ categories.

Environment Waikato then aggregated the results for the individual sites according to site location. Environment Waikato also aggregated the results from the five Waikato River sites upstream of Lake Karapiro into an upper River result, and the other sites into a lower River result. The results for the other 100 sites were aggregated into seven water zones.

Table 3: Proportion of all samples collected during 2000-2004 which met the ‘excellent’, ‘satisfactory’ and ‘unsatisfactory’ standards for recreation in Waikato rivers and streams

Zone Proportion which met ‘excellent’ standard

Proportion which met ‘satisfactory’ standard

Proportion which met‘unsatisfactory’ standard

Upper Waikato River 63.9 32.4 3.7

Lower Waikato River 18.8 32 49.2

Taupo tributaries 52.6 39.2 8.2

Coromandel 28.8 58.2 13

West Coast 15.6 45.4 39

Waipa River 11.6 41.7 46.6

Hauraki 11.4 41.7 46.9

Upland Waikato 4.9 43.7 51.5

Lowland Waikato 0.7 37.4 62Source:www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/inlandwater/riversandstreams/riv2/datafiles/data.csv

Note that data from 2005 will be available from Environment Waikato by around end July 2006.

Gaps and limitations The indicator created by Environment Waikato is summarised by Upper and Lower Waikato River, and seven other regional/catchment areas. No summary statistics exist for territorial authority areas. If this is required, Environment Waikato will have to supply raw data for all 110 sites and further analysis will be needed.

Page 35: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 27

More information Quality of Life – Beach and Stream/Lake water quality

www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Beach_water_quality.pdf

Environment Waikato - How Healthy are our Rivers? www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/water/healthyrivers/index.htm

Ministry for the Environment Environmental Performance Indicators - Freshwater www.mfe.govt.nz

Ministry for the Environment – Recreational Water Quality Guidelines www.mfe.govt.nz/publications/water/microbiological-quality-jun03/index.html

5.1.1.3 #3 – Lakes water quality for ecological health

What does ‘Lakes water quality for ecological health’ mean? Lakes water quality is monitored to determine a lakes trophic state – the ability for a shallow lake to support freshwater plants and animals. Monitoring over time will tell us if a shallow lakes trophic level has improved, deteriorated or remained unchanged.

Why is ‘Lakes water quality for ecological health’ important? Lakes are valued for their unique genetic diversity, cultural and spiritual importance, scientific interest, recreational use and intrinsic values. Many of the shallow lakes in the Waikato Region are valuable refuges for unique plant and animal species. Lake Taupo is nationally recognised as a symbol of near-pristine environmental conditions.

ResultsShallow Peat LakesThis indicator presents regional information on whether these lakes are currently nutrient enriched and how their condition is changing over time.

Table 4: Nutrient enrichment of nine shallow lakes in the Waikato region (1993-2001)

High Very high Extremely high

Nutrientenrichment

2 2 5

Improving No change Worsening

Trend in nutrientenrichment

2 3 4

Source: http://www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/inlandwater/lakes/lake4/data.htm

Lake TaupoThis indicator presents information on the proportion of water quality samples taken from the deep water site in Lake Taupo (every 2-4 weeks) which met different standards for ecological health between 2000 and 2004.

Page 36: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 28 Doc #1084090

Table 5: Proportion of all samples collected during 2000-2004 which met the ‘excellent’, ‘satisfactory’ and ‘unsatisfactory’ standards for ecological health in Lake Taupo

Proportion which met ‘excellent’standard

Proportionwhich met ‘satisfactory’ standard

Proportionwhich met ‘unsatisfactory’ standard

Ecological Health 34.6 55.5 9.9 Source: http://www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/inlandwater/lakes/lake9/data.htm

Gaps and limitations The nutrient enrichment indicator is only available at the regional level. However, detailed data is available from Environment Waikato for individual lakes if required.

Not all lakes in the Waikato Region are monitored. Of significance are hydro lakes on the Waikato River.

Data from the shallow lakes monitored since 2001 have not been included in Environment Waikato’s indicator analysis.

More information Environment Waikato – Riverine Lakeswww.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/water/lakes/shallowlakes/riverinelakes/index.htm

Environment Waikato – Peat Lakeswww.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/water/lakes/shallowlakes/peatlakes/index.htm

5.1.1.4 #4 – Lakes water quality for contact recreation

What does ‘Lakes water quality for contact recreation’ mean? This indicator measures the numbers of faecal bacteria and the water clarity in Lake Taupo and shallow lakes in the Waikato Region commonly used for contact recreation.

Why is ‘Lakes water quality for contact recreation’ important? We monitor lake water quality to determine how good the water quality is for contact recreation (such as swimming and water skiing). High levels of bacteria can directly impact on the health and well-being of individuals, as they indicate the presence of pathogens (illness-causing bugs). A key factor in the quality of lakes water for contact recreation is the quality of an urban area’s stormwater and sewerage systems, and agricultural runoff.

ResultsLake TaupoThis indicator presents information on the proportion of water quality samples taken from 18 bathing beach sites around Lake Taupo which met different standards for contact recreation during the summer of 2005 to 2006. Sites were visited at weekly intervals up to 12 times during the summer (December – February).

Page 37: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 29

Table 6: Proportion of all samples collected during summer 2005-2006 which met the ‘excellent’, ‘satisfactory’ and ‘unsatisfactory’ standards for contact recreation in Lake Taupo

Proportion which met ‘excellent’standard

Proportionwhich met ‘satisfactory’ standard

Proportionwhich met ‘unsatisfactory’ standard

Contact Recreation 68.2 22.3 9.6 Source: http://www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/inlandwater/lakes/lake9/data.htm

Gaps and limitations There are no specific measurements taken to monitor shallow lakes (peat lakes) water quality for recreation.

More information Environment Waikato website map of Lake Taupo monitoring locations

www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/water/lakes/laketaupo/waterquality/taupomap/index.htm

Environment Waikato indicator: Lake Taupo’s water quality www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/inlandwater/lakes/lake9/keypoints.htm

5.1.1.5 # 5 – Land use (under development)

What does ‘Land use’ mean? This indicator will measure the area of different types of land use by region across New Zealand.

Why is ‘Land use’ important? We monitor land use to get information on where development pressures are likely to be the greatest on soil, water and indigenous vegetation resources.

Changing land use can be compared with indicators of water and air quality, and the changing extent of land cover as a contributor to these changes.

Measuring land cover goes a long way to determining land use. However, land use is a more accurate indicator of the pressures being placed on soil, water and indigenous vegetation resources. Some land covers have singular corresponding land uses e.g. exotic forest land cover = plantation forest land use, indigenous land cover = low impact recreational/conservation land use. Other land covers have multiple land uses. For example, pastoral land cover could be dairy farming, sheep farming, deer farming or beef farming (or another type of farming). Each has different types of impact on soil and water resources.

ResultsNo data currently available, as this indicator is under development.

Gaps and limitations A land use indicator is currently under development as part of the Linked Indicators Project. The intention is that the indicator will be available annually from 2007.

More information EW Land Use Indicator

Page 38: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 30 Doc #1084090

www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/land/use/land1/keypoints.htm

MARCO indicator – Extent of native vegetation

Statistics New Zealand contact person is Abby Thornley - email: [email protected]

5.1.1.6 #6 – Air quality (particulate matter, PM10)

What does ‘Air quality (particulate matter)’ mean? This indicator measures the levels of fine particles in the air. These are referred to as PM10 particles, which are particles smaller than 10 microns (there are 1000 microns in 1 millimetre).

Why is ‘Air quality (particulate matter)’ important? PM10 can cause respiratory problems, especially for asthmatics, small children and the elderly and can result in hospital admissions and premature mortality in sensitive people. PM10 also affects air by reducing visibility. Less visibility reduces safety, reduces views and could affect tourism.

ResultsEnvironment Waikato uses a scale of Good, Acceptable, Alert or Action to compare PM10 24 hour averages against regional guidelines. The regional guideline for PM10levels is 50 µg/m3 for a 24 hour period. The ranges for the scale are: Good: value between 0 and 16.5 µg/m3 for a 24 hour period Acceptable: value between 16.5 and 33 µg/m3 for a 24 hour period Alert: value between 33 and 50 µg/m3 for a 24 hour period Action: value about 50 µg/m3 for a 24 hour period

Results are summarised by year as percentage of time each site was within each of the four ranges defined above. The data were collected from: May 31, 1998 to December 31, 2004 in Hamilton November 3, 2000 to December 31, 2004 in Taupo April 23, 1998 to November 5, 1998 and May 14, 2003 to December 31, 2004 in

Te Kuiti February 17, 1999 to August 18, 1999 and March 29, 2001 to December 31, 2004

in Tokoroa.

Page 39: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 31

Table 7: Percentage of air samples meeting “good”, “acceptable” or “alert” PM10 levels relative to guidelines, Waikato urban areas – 1998 to 2004

“Good”

0-33% of guideline

“Acceptable”

33-66% of guideline

“Alert”

66- 100% of guideline

Above guideline

Hamilton 1998 57 42 1 0

Hamilton 1999 67 31 3 0

Hamilton 2000 70 30 1 0

Hamilton 2001 77 21 2 1

Hamilton 2002 61 38 1 0

Hamilton 2003 67 29 3 1

Hamilton 2004 67 29 3 1

Taupo 2001 43 36 18 2

Taupo 2002 59 33 7 1

Taupo 2003 52 32 12 4

Taupo 2004 55 30 10 2

Te Kuiti 1998 61 35 4 0

Te Kuiti 2003 48 32 17 2

Te Kuiti 2004 51 40 8 1

Tokoroa 2001 12 64 17 8

Tokoroa 2002 15 71 10 4

Tokoroa 2004 12 54 23 12Source: www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/air/quality/air1/data.htm

Gaps and limitations Air quality is measured only in four urban centres within the Waikato Region: Hamilton Taupo Tokoroa Te Kuiti.

More information Emission Inventories have also been carried out by Ministry for the Environment.

During 1997 emissions from home heating and vehicles were carried out and emissions from industry as a separate inventory. An assessment of emissions from home heating was carried out for the areas of Huntly, Matamata and Putaruru during 2000. In Taupo, both domestic heating and motor vehicle emissions were assessed for 2000. Industry information from 1997 was used to estimate the industry contribution to PM10 emissions in Taupo. In 2001, emissions from domestic heating were reassessed for Hamilton, Tokoroa and Te Kuiti and also for motor vehicles in Hamilton. The latter data were combined with 1997 industrial emission estimates to provide an assessment of the relative contribution of domestic heating, motor vehicles and industry to PM10 emissions in Hamilton.

The Quality of Life survey also has some information about air quality in Hamilton.

Ministry of Social Development Social Report Indicator

Page 40: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 32 Doc #1084090

www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/physical-environment/air-quality.html

EW PM10 Indicator www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/air/quality/air1/keypoints.htm

MfE guidelines on National Environmental Standards www.mfe.govt.nz/publications/rma/nes-infosheet-oct05/nes-infosheet-oct05.html

MfE Monitoring of PM10 in New Zealand www.mfe.govt.nz/publications/air/air-quality-tech-report-40/html/index.html

MfE Health Effects of PM10 www.mfe.govt.nz/publications/air/air-quality-tech-report-39/html/index.html

MfE Inventory of PM10 Emission www.mfe.govt.nz/publications/air/air-quality-tech-report-38-aug03/html/index.html

NIWA – Protecting New Zealand’s Clean Air www.niwascience.co.nz/ncces/air_quality/

Quality of Life Air Quality Indicator www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Air_quality.pdf

5.1.1.7 #7 – Groundwater availability and use

What does ‘Groundwater availability and use’ mean? Groundwater makes up about 90 percent of our Region’s freshwater resource, and is used for drinking, industry, agriculture and horticulture. This indicator measures the amount of groundwater that’s available for use in the Waikato Region. It monitors the amount of ‘stress’ groundwater resources are under in different areas of our Region.

Why is ‘Groundwater availability and use’ important? Groundwater makes up about 90 percent of our Region’s freshwater resource, and is used for drinking, industry, agriculture and horticulture. Environment Waikato monitors groundwater availability to help protect our Region’s groundwater supplies and ensure we use them sustainably.

When too much groundwater is taken: Groundwater levels are lowered. There may not be enough water for everyone to use, resulting in competition for

water. Less groundwater can flow into streams, reducing stream flow and affecting

stream-life such as fish and invertebrates. Land may subside. In coastal areas salt water may flow into coastal aquifers and contaminate

groundwater as the water table drops.

ResultsAn aquifer’s volume of ‘available’ groundwater is compared with the amount used (consented and permitted takes). From this, the level of stress on groundwater resources is estimated into one of three categories: Low stress areas have less than 10 percent of available groundwater allocated for

use. Medium stress areas have between 10 and 30 percent of available groundwater

allocated for use. High stress areas have more than 30 percent of available groundwater allocated

for use.

Page 41: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 33

This provides a guideline to identify potential problem areas which may need more intensive monitoring. Most of the monitored groundwater areas in the Waikato Region are under low to medium stress.

Table 8: Percentage of investigated areas with low, medium or high groundwater use in the Waikato Region

Area Low (<10%) Medium (10%-30%) High (>30%) Waikato Region 76.85% 19.83% 3.31%

Source:http://www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/inlandwater/groundwater/flow5a/datafiles/data.csv

Table 9: Percentage of investigated areas with low, medium or high groundwater use – areas within the Waikato Region

Main areas investigated

Smaller sub-areasinvestigated

Low (<10%)

Medium(10%-30%)

High(>30%)

Area km2

Western Region 15.07% 4302.6

Taupo 12.07% 3445

Taupo Township 0.04% 12.55

Northern Bays 0.37% 107

Waipa 10.61% 3030

North Waipa 1.40% 400

Hauraki Plains 11.56% 3300

South Waikato 15.20% 4340

Reporoa 0.10% 28.7

Tokoroa 0.55% 157.5

Putaruru 0.07% 21

Lower Waikato 10.56% 3015

South of Taupiri 4.20% 1198

North of Taupiri

6.36% 1816

Pukekohe/Pukekawa** 1.22% 348.1

Pukekohe Basalt/Kaawa** 0.30% 85.8

Waiuku** 0.51% 147

Pukekawa 0.26% 73.2

Onewhero 0.14% 41.1

Coromandel 8.83% 2520

Waihi Basin 0.48% 136

Whiritoa* <0.01% 0.93

Whangamata Moana Point* 0.01% 3.09

Hahei* 0.01% 4

Cooks Beach* <0.01% 0.88

Whangapoua* <0.01% 0.4

Page 42: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 34 Doc #1084090

Main areas investigated

Smaller sub-areasinvestigated

Low (<10%)

Medium(10%-30%)

High(>30%)

Area km2

Kuaotunu West* <0.01% 0.2

Thames <0.001% 2.48

Whangamata Township <0.001% 2.49

Pauanui <0.001% 2.34

Matarangi 0.01% 3.35

Whitianga <0.001% 1.94

Total 76.85% 19.83% 3.31% 28546.65* accounts for seasonal aspect of holiday population **accounts for seasonal aspect of irrigation Source:http://www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/inlandwater/groundwater/flow5a/datafiles/data.csv

Gaps and limitations This indicator is based on maximum potential use (consented and permitted), not

actual usage. Estimates of aquifer recharge are approximate, as there are few accurate water-

balance studies available. The extent of an aquifer is not easily defined. We tend to use a conservative size. We assume that the groundwater wells intercept groundwater from a single,

vertically uniform aquifer. There are currently no plans to update this indicator on a regular basis.

More information Environment Waikato Groundwater Availability Indicator Technical Information Pagewww.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/inlandwater/groundwater/flow5a/techinfo.htm

Environment Waikato – Groundwater http://www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/water/groundwater/index.htm

5.1.1.8 #8 – Surface water availability and useThis indicator is currently under development by Environment Waikato but due to poor data availability it is unclear when it may be published in the future. For more information, contact the Hydrogeologist, Resource Information Group at Environment Waikato (currently Dr Ed Brown). Note that a metadata sheet has been completed for this indicator based on the current draft indicator but no data is officially available.

5.1.1.9 #9 – Protection of natural heritage and landscapesNo data source has been identified for this indicator on a regional and territorial authority level.

5.1.1.10 #10 – Extent of native vegetation

What does ‘Extent of native vegetation’ mean? This indicator measures the extent of different land cover in the Waikato region, including native (indigenous) vegetation. Six primary land cover types are measured. These are:

1. Primarily pasture

Page 43: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 35

2. Plantation forests 3. Indigenous vegetation 4. Horticulture and Cropping 5. Urban 6. Other land covers (including coastal dunes, bare rock, mines and quarries)

Why is ‘Extent of native vegetation’ important? We monitor the land cover of the Waikato region to measure the extent of indigenous vegetation and to monitor areas of pressure on the environment, such as urban, pastoral and horticultural areas.

This information can be used, over time, to monitor and report on the changes to the state of our environment and provide the basis for better resource management decisions, more efficient use of natural resources and improved environmental management.

Results

Table 10: Extent of key land cover types in Waikato Region and territorial authorities, including indigenous vegetation

Area Land use type (% of territorial authority and regional area)

Pastoral farming

Plantationforestry

Indigenousvegetation

Other**

Franklin* 80% 2% 17% 0.37%

Hamilton City 36% 0% 3% 60.02%

Hauraki 67% 1% 30% 1.17%

Matamata-Piako 84% 1% 14% 1.00%

Otorohanga 67% 2% 31% 0.04%

Rotorua* 72% 17% 11% 0.00%

South Waikato 37% 52% 10% 1.00%

Taupo* 29% 30% 37% 4.00%

Thames-Coromandel

23% 11% 65% 1.06%

Waikato 79% 2% 17% 2.05%

Waipa 90% 0% 8% 1.05%

Waitomo* 61% 1% 37% 0%

Region 58% 12% 28% 2.05%*Note only part of Franklin, Rotorua, Taupo and Waitomo districts fall within the Waikato Region. Analysis of this indicator is limited to the Waikato Region. Therefore, this indicator's information may not be representative of the whole district. **Note, this column includes the categories of “horticulture and cropping” and “urban”, which often occur at too small a scale to be accurately measured by satellite imagery.Source: http://www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/land/use/land1/data.htm

Gaps and limitations The Ministry for the Environment has undertaken two surveys of national land cover. The first, the Land Cover Database 1, was produced in 1997 using satellite imagery from 1996 and 1994. The second, the Land Cover Database 2, was produced in 2002

Page 44: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 36 Doc #1084090

using satellite imagery from 2001 and 2002. Analysis has only been completed for the Land Cover Database 1. These are the figures currently available from Environment Waikato.

More information Environment Waikato indicator – Extent of native vegetation

www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/land/biodiversity/veg1/keypoints.htm

Environment Waikato indicator – Forest fragmentation www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/land/biodiversity/veg3/keypoints.htm

MARCO indicator – Land use

The Ministry for the Environment Land Cover Database website www.mfe.govt.nz/issues/land/land-cover-dbase/

Terralink International Land Cover Database website www.terralink.co.nz/products_services/satellite/land_cover_database_of_new_zealand/index.htm

5.1.1.11 #11 – Protected native vegetation areas (under development)

What does ‘Protected native vegetation areas’ mean? This indicator refers to the extent and legal protection of indigenous vegetation cover.

Why are ‘Protected native vegetation areas’ important? The native flora of New Zealand is unique, having evolved in isolation for millions of years. Many of our trees, ferns and flowering plants are endemic. It is important to know how much of this native flora is protected in order to maintain it in a sustainable manner.

ResultsNo data available – indicator under development.

Gaps and limitations This indicator is currently under development as part of the Government’s Linked Indicators Project. The intention is that it will be available in the future from Ministry for the Environment.

Environment Waikato is also developing a regional indicator.

More information Linked Indicators Project, Environmental Indicators –

http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/linked-indicators/environmental-indicators.htm

Contact Environment Waikato’s Terrestrial Ecologist for more information about indicator development at the regional level.

5.1.2 Environmental attitudes and behaviours outcome (c) We are aware of what we need to do to look after our environment. Our region is renowned for linking environmental awareness with community action.

Page 45: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 37

5.1.2.1 #12 – People’s environmental attitudes

What does ‘People’s environmental attitudes’ mean? This indicator monitors people’s attitudes towards the environment at the regional, district council, urban and rural levels.

Why are ‘People’s environmental attitudes’ important? It is important to understand how positive or negative people’s attitudes are towards protecting the environment. It is also useful to know if people are aware of how their actions can affect aspects of the environment. This will help councils find out how much support people have for proposed actions, policies and rules that protect the environment. This will guide councils and other organisations in setting goals and planning targeted information provision and environmental education programmes to fill information gaps.

ResultsAn adapted version of the ‘New Environmental Paradigm Scale’ (NEP) was used for this indicator. The NEP was developed and tested by Dunlap and van Liere, sociologists at Washington State University in 1978. Further testing was done by other researchers using rural and urban communities in the United States. The NEP scale has also been used in Finland, Australia, and the United Kingdom.

The “New Environmental Paradigm” scale questions comprise six statements with which respondents can strongly agree, agree, neither disagree or agree, disagree or strongly disagree. A points scale of 5 to 1 is applied respectively. “Don’t knows” are scored as 3. The total score out of 30 is used to apply one of three categories:

Pro ecological (25-30) Mid ecological (19-24) Anti ecological (6-18)

Regional results are given as the percent of people giving each score, grouped into one of the three environmental attitude categories.

Table 11: Environmental attitudes in the Waikato Region 2004

Environmental attitude Percentage of respondents Pro-ecological 28.59

Mid-ecological 48.67

Anti-ecological 22.7Source: NEP Survey 2004 –www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/community/communities/p2c/data.htm

For each district council area, the same process is used (percent giving each score and then the mean of the total).

Table 12: Environmental attitudes in the Waikato Region 2004 by territorial authority

Area Percentage of respondents

Pro-ecological Mid-ecological

Anti-ecological

Franklin District 4.2 62.6 33.5

Hauraki District 9.9 50 40

Page 46: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 38 Doc #1084090

Area Percentage of respondents

Pro-ecological Mid-ecological

Anti-ecological

Hamilton City 18.8 65 16.3

Otorohanga District 15.4 69.3 15.4

Rotorua District 22.2 55.5 22.2

South Waikato District 24.3 63.7 12.1

Taupo District 30.1 54.6 15.1

Matamata-Piako District 26.2 57.1 16.7

Thames-Coromandel District 34.4 54.3 11.5

Waikato District 21.1 56.1 22.9

Waipa District 6.8 43 49.9

Waitomo District 7.1 57.1 35.6 Source: NEP Survey 2004 (calculated by Andy Haigh using data in http://www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/community/communities/p2c/data.htm)

Gaps and limitations There are two limitations to using telephone questionnaires to assess people’s environmental perceptions:

Telephone questionnaires are biased towards people owning landline telephones, and therefore may miss some people in the community.

Many factors influence people’s attitudes to their local environment, including where and how people live, what news media items they have recently seen and who they are. These influences are not measured by quantitative questionnaires.

It should also be noted that people’s responses may be affected by what they are doing at the time they received the survey telephone call – i.e. whether they are distracted or busy.

More information EW Environmental Attitudes Indicator

www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/community/communities/p2c/keypoints.htm

5.1.2.2 #13 – People’s personal environmental actions

What does ‘People’s personal environmental actions’ mean? This indicator monitors:

People’s personal actions towards protecting the environment (types and frequency of activities).

People’s reasons for not making personal efforts to protect the environment.

Why are ‘People’s personal environmental actions’ important? It is important to understand what types of actions people undertake in their daily lives to protect the environment, and how often they carry out these actions. Councils and other organisations also need to know what prevents people carrying out these actions. This guides them in setting goals and assist in planning environmental education programmes to fill information gaps.

Page 47: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 39

Results

Table 13: Most common named actions people have taken to protect the environment – Waikato Region, 1998 and 2003

Most Common of Named Actions 1998 2003

% % Avoiding putting oil and detergent in gutters and stormwater drains

0 2

Car tuned regularly 0 2

Compost kitchen/garden waste 11 12

Recycle bottles/cans/plastic/paper 30.2 42

Reducing water consumption 8.8 4

Buy products that claim to be better for the environment 5.7 4

Use buses, bikes or walking to reduce car use 6.6 7

Planting trees 16 15

Saved electricity 7 8

Killed Weeds 8 6

Saved water 9 3

Fenced off native bush/rivers/streams 0 5

Killed animal pests 4.4 4 Source:www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/community/communities/p2f/datafiles/data.csv

Table 14: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Franklin District 2003

Actions Franklin District %

Waikato Region %

Recycled plastic 37 38

Recycled glass 34 35

Recycled tin/cans 34 28

Recycled paper 28 35

Planted trees/plants 21 15Source: Environment Waikato document # 1079929

Table 15: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Hamilton City 2003

Actions Hamilton City %

Waikato Region %

Recycled plastic 58 38

Recycled paper 52 35

Recycled glass 51 35

Recycled tin/cans 37 28

Used car less often 14 7Source: Environment Waikato document # 1079929

Page 48: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 40 Doc #1084090

Hamilton City residents were significantly more likely than residents in other parts of the Waikato Region to mention recycling plastic, paper, glass, tin/cans, composting garden waste and using the car less often as actions taken to protect the environment.

Table 16: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Hauraki District 2003

Actions Hauraki District %

Waikato Region %

Recycled plastic 27 38

Recycled paper 26 35

Recycled glass 25 35

Planted trees/plants 20 15

Recycled tins/cans 17 28Source: Environment Waikato document # 1079929

Table 17: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Matamata-Piako District 2003

Actions Matamata-PiakoDistrict

%

Waikato Region %

Recycled plastic 37 38

Recycled glass 32 35

Recycled paper 30 35

Recycled tin/cans 29 28

No action 14 14 Source: Environment Waikato document # 1079929

Table 18: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Otorohanga District 2003

Actions OtorohangaDistrict

%

Waikato Region %

Recycled plastic 28 38

Recycled glass 25 35

Recycled paper 23 35

Planted trees/plants 21 15

Recycled tins/cans 20 28 Source: Environment Waikato document # 1079929

Otorohanga District residents were significantly more likely than residents in other parts of the Waikato Region to fence off areas of native bush/stream and rivers as an action to protect the environment.

Page 49: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 41

Table 19: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Rotorua District 2003

Actions Rotorua District %

Waikato Region %

Planted trees/plants 20 15

Recycled plastic 19 38

Recycled glass 17 35

Recycled paper 17 35

Recycled tins/cans 15 28Source: Environment Waikato document # 1079929

Rotorua District residents were significantly less likely than residents in other parts of the Waikato Region to recycle plastic, glass and paper as actions taken to protect environment.

Table 20: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – South Waikato District 2003

Actions South Waikato District

%

Waikato Region %

Recycled plastic 43 38

Recycled paper 40 35

Recycled glass 35 35

Recycled tins/cans 34 28

Planted trees/plants 16 15

Disposed rubbish/waste properly 15 12Source: Environment Waikato document # 1079929

Table 21: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Taupo District 2003

Actions Taupo District %

Waikato Region %

Recycled plastic 49 38

Recycled glass 48 35

Recycled paper 46 35

Recycled tins/cans 40 28Source: Environment Waikato document # 1079929

Taupo District residents were significantly more likely than residents in other parts of the Waikato Region to recycle plastic and tins/cans and sign a petition as actions taken to protect environment.

Page 50: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 42 Doc #1084090

Table 22: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Thames-Coromandel District 2003

Actions Thames-Coromandel

District%

Waikato Region %

Recycled plastic 32 38

Recycled glass 29 35

Recycled tin/cans 28 28

Recycled paper 28 35

No action 12 14Source: Environment Waikato document # 1079929

Table 23: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Waikato District 2003

Actions Waikato District %

Waikato Region %

Recycled paper 33 35

Recycled plastic 33 38

Recycled glass 32 35

Recycled tins/cans 21 28

Planted trees/plants 17 15Source: Environment Waikato document # 1079929

Table 24: Top five actions people have taken to protect the environment – Waipa District 2003

Actions Waipa District %

Waikato Region %

Recycled plastic 33 38

Recycled paper 32 35

Recycled glass 30 35

Recycled tins/cans 22 28

Planted trees/plants 16 15Source: Environment Waikato document # 1079929

Table 25: Top six actions people have taken to protect the environment – Waitomo District 2003

Actions Waitomo District %

Waikato Region %

Planted trees/plants 35 15

Recycled plastic 30 38

Recycled paper 28 35

Recycled glass 24 35

Recycled tins/cans 19 28

Page 51: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 43

Fenced off native bush/rivers/streams 18 5Source: Environment Waikato document # 1079929

Waitomo District residents were significantly more likely than residents in other parts of the Waikato Region to plant trees/plants, reduce use or become more aware of fertiliser use, and fence off native bush/rivers/stream as actions taken to protect environment.

Gaps and limitations There are two limitations to using telephone questionnaires to assess people’s environmental perceptions:

Telephone questionnaires are biased towards people owning telephones, and therefore may miss some people in the community.

Many factors influence people’s personal environmental actions, including where and how people live, what news media items they have recently seen and who they are. These influences are not measured by quantitative questionnaires.

In addition it is difficult to compare the different surveys because of the different survey techniques used.

More information Environment Waikato Environmental Actions Indicator

www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/community/communities/p2f/keypoints.htm

5.1.3 Coastal environment outcome (e) Our coastal and waterway environments are restored and preserved, and access to them is maintained.

5.1.3.1 #14 – Coastal water quality for recreation

What does ‘Coastal water quality for recreation’ mean? This indicator measures water quality of coasts in terms of enterococci (faecal bacteria) levels.

Why is ‘Coastal water quality for recreation’ important? Environment Waikato monitors a representative sample of swimming beaches around the Waikato Region to determine how good the water quality is for contact recreation such as swimming and surfing.

ResultsCoastal water quality monitoring occurred in 10 sites on the West Coast (Port Waikato: Maraetai Bay, Sunset Beach Surf Club, Sunset Beach South; Raglan: Manu Bay, Ngarunui Beach, Putoetoe Point; Aotea; Kawhia: Kawhia Wharf, Karewa Beach, Ocean Beach), 6 sites in the Hauraki Gulf (Te Mata, Te Puru, Thornton Bay, Wyuna Bay, Long Bay, Oamaru Bay) and 10 sites on the Coromandel Peninsula (Buffalo Beach, Cooks Beach West, Cooks Beach East, Hahei, Hot Water Beach, Pepe Stream, Whangamata Estuary, Whangamata Surf Club, Whangamata South and Whiritoa).

At each monitoring site, we determined the proportion of samples collected during the most recent summer survey (2005 for West Coast beaches, 2006 for Coromandel Peninsula beaches) which met our guidelines for excellent water quality. Similarly the proportions which met our guidelines for satisfactory and unsatisfactory water quality were determined.

Page 52: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 44 Doc #1084090

The results for the individual sites were then compiled according to site location. Results from the 10 West Coast sites were amalgamated into a West Coast result; and those for the 6 Hauraki Gulf and 10 Coromandel East Coast sites were amalgamated into Hauraki Gulf and East Coast results, respectively.

Table 26: Proportion of samples collected during 2005 (West Coast) and 2006 (East Coast and Hauraki Gulf) which met the ‘excellent’, ‘satisfactory’ and ‘unsatisfactory’ standards for contact recreation on the coast – Waikato Region

Zone Proportion which met ‘excellent’standard

Proportionwhich met ‘satisfactory’ standard

Proportionwhich met ‘unsatisfactory’ standard

West Coast 97.5 0.8 1.7

Hauraki Gulf 62.5 31.9 5.6

East Coast 81.7 12.5 5.8Source:www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/coasts/waterquality/co10/datafiles/data.csv

While data results are not available grouped by territorial authority, detailed results for individual sites sampled are available from www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/coasts/waterquality/co10/datafiles/data.csv

Gaps and limitations All the coastal water quality data from different sites within a zone have been amalgamated. This obscures any differences between the sites in that zone.

The national guidelines recommend using 20 samples collected at weekly intervals. Environment Waikato collects 12 samples. Therefore, the median value is less precise.

Sampling only occurs 12 times over the summer months. Events contributing to higher levels of Enterococci (such as storms) will not be accounted for.

Sampling and results are not grouped by territorial authority.

More information EW Coastal Water Quality for Contact Recreation indicator

www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/coasts/waterquality/co10/keypoints.htm

Waikato Coastal Database www.waikatocoastaldatabase.co.nz

5.1.3.2 #15 – Public access to coast (or Coastline ownership)No data source has been identified for the indicator “Public access to coast”. However, the indicator “Coastline ownership” is used here as a proxy.

What does “Coastline ownership” mean? This indicator measures accessibility to the coastline for the public in terms of coastline ownership. The results are split into three main areas of Waikato regional coastline:

1. West Coast 2. West Coromandel 3. East Coromandel

Results are presented as privately owned, publicly owned or road edge (where public access is likely to be available).

Page 53: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 45

Why is “Coastline ownership” important? The coast is widely perceived as a public open space, which should be accessible to everyone. Public access is highlighted as a matter of national importance in the New Zealand Coastal Policy Statement (NZCPS). Environment Waikato’s Regional Coastal Plan (RCP) emphasises that public access within the Coastal Marine Area (CMA) - along the foreshore and across the water - should not be unduly restricted. Access within the CMA is dependent largely on access to the coast being available. In New Zealand, no common law of right of access exists over privately occupied land. Public access to the coast (and other areas) therefore relies on the provision of public areas such as access strips, walkways, reserves and conservation areas, or agreements with landowners.

Results

Table 27: Length and ownership of Waikato Region coastal margin property by coastal area – 2002

Ownership type

TotalLength (m)

% of total

Harbour(m)

% Open coast (m)

%

West Coast Ambiguous 17836 3 15359 4 2476 1

Private 406431 72 258982 73 147449 70

Public 109642 19 50472 14 59169 28

Road 28741 5 28007 8 734 0

Sub-total 562650 352821 209829

West Coast Coromandel Ambiguous 249 0 0 249 0

Private 105749 52 38068 77 67680 44

Public 44355 22 5838 12 38517 25

Road 53601 26 5846 12 47755 31

Sub-total 203953 49752 154201

East Coast Coromandel Ambiguous 3491 1 598 0 2893 1

Private 117417 29 49496 33 67920 26

Public 264443 65 88331 59 176112 68

Road 23299 6 12194 8 11105 4

Sub-total 408650 150620 258030

TotalsAmbiguous 21575 2 15958 3 5618 1

Private 629596 54 346547 63 283050 46

Public 418439 36 144641 26 273798 44

Road 105641 9 46047 8 59594 10

Total 1175252 553192 622060

Page 54: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 46 Doc #1084090

Source: www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/coasts/biodiversity/co4/data.htm

Gaps and limitations Natural shoreline change at soft coastlines such as sandy beaches will affect the accuracy of the data. For example, where coastal reserves marked on the CRS have been eroded by natural processes, there may be no public land remaining between the CMA and private properties (for example, this has occurred at Buffalo Beach in the Coromandel). Similarly, natural shoreline accretion may increase the extent of public land fronting private properties close to the sea.

Using the CRS database does not capture public access ways created across private land.

Coastal topography is not considered in this indicator. For example coastal cliffs in public coastal land will prevent access to the coastline.

This indicator does not divide lengths of private and public ownership into territorial authorities, rather it splits by topographic regions.

More information Environment Waikato’s Coastal Ownership Indicator

www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/coasts/biodiversity/co4/keypoints.htm

Environment Waikato’s Regional Coastal Plan www.ew.govt.nz/policyandplans/rcpintro/index.htm

Environment Waikato’s map of regional coastline www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/coasts/coastsmap/index.htm

5.1.4 Rural environment outcome (g) We use land management practices that protect and sustain our soil and land.

5.1.4.1 #16 – Rural subdivision

What does ‘Rural subdivision’ mean? This indicator monitors the amount and type of low density (less than 1 house per 4 hectares) that has been subdivided into smaller blocks, possibly for intensive agriculture or horticulture uses, or urban use.

Why is ‘Rural subdivision’ important? Monitoring rural subdivision provides information that is used by territorial authorities, land developers and the community about increasing land pressures.

This information can indicate: the area and productive capability of land removed from large-scale agricultural

enterprises increased pressure on the environment from subdivision, for example potential

water requirements, soil erosion and loss of soil structure, fertiliser leaching and pesticide use

where traffic volumes may increase, with corresponding increases in pollution, energy use and greenhouse gas generation

any increase in impervious surfaces leading to increased pressure on stormwater and flood management

areas where an increased demand for infrastructure and services is expected.

Page 55: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 47

ResultsPrevious studies have indicated that the average property size after subdivision is 4.4 ha (from a study undertaken in the Western Bay of Plenty). This indicator analyses the areas of meshblocks divided by the number of dwellings to assess the average size of property available to each dwelling. A comparison is made between the 1991 census and the 1996 census, and again between the 1996 census and the 2001 census to see how many meshblocks changed from less than one dwelling per 4ha to more than one dwelling per 4ha.

Table 28: Summary of rural land subdivided between March 5 1991- March 5 1996, and March 6 1996 – March 6 2001, Waikato Region

Land use capability classification Time period measured

Class I land (hectares)

Class II land (hectares)

Class III land (hectares)

Class IV land (hectares)

Classes V-VIII land (hectares)

Total (hectares)

Rural land available in the Waikato Region as at March 5, 1991 (baseline)

45130 249215 275404 336939 1433527 2340215

Summary of rural land subdivided between March 5, 1991 and March 6, 2001

532 820 205 505 1133 3196

Rural land subdivided between March 6, 1996 and March 6, 2001

151 396 111 151 522 1332

Rural land subdivided between March 5, 1991 and March 5, 1996

381 424 94 354 610 1864

Source: www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/land/use/P5a/datafiles/data.csv

Table 29: Summary of intensified rural land in the Waikato Region between March 5 1991 - March 5 1996, by territorial authority

Land use capability classification Territorial Authority

Class I land (hectares)

Class II land (hectares)

Class III land (hectares)

Class IV land (hectares)

Classes V-VIII land (hectares)

Total (hectares)

Franklin District 0 42.06 25.4115 39.4167 2.01327 109

Hamilton City 3.15396 129.89 0 87.8115 0 221

Hauraki District 0 0.331853 5.71096 0 0 6

Matamata-Piako District 0 0 0 0 92.4426 92

Otorohanga District 0 0 0 0 0 0

Rotorua District 0 0 0 0 0 0

South Waikato District 0 0 0 0 0 0

Taupo District 0 0 19.5148 100.322 57.62569 177

Thames-Coromandel District

0 27.1245 11.5031 117.424 289.5391 446

Waikato District 282.801 92.7635 0 9.32585 147.7733 533

Waipa District 95.2611 131.673 32.1255 0 20.7909 280

Waitomo District 0 0 0 0 0 0

TOTAL 381 424 94 354 610 1864

Source: www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/land/use/P5a/datafiles/data.csv

Page 56: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 48 Doc #1084090

Table 30: Summary of intensified rural land in the Waikato Region between March 6 1996 - March 6 2001, by territorial authority

Land use capability classification Territorial Authority

Class I land (hectares)

Class II land (hectares)

Class III land (hectares)

Class IV land (hectares)

Classes V-VIII land (hectares)

Total (hectares)

Franklin District 0 0 0 0 0 0

Hamilton City 0 271.426 0 48.9398 2.07584 322

Hauraki District 0 0 0 0 0 0

Matamata-Piako District 25.8585 90.3142 24.3697 0 0 141

Otorohanga District 0 0 0 0 0 0

Rotorua District 0 0 0 0 0 0

South Waikato District 0 0 0.608937 0 0 1

Taupo District 0 0 6.18176 73.4842 64.4537 144

Thames-Coromandel District

0 0 0 20.7087 446.4769 467

Waikato District 125.125 34.7389 80.0266 0 9.33052 249

Waipa District 0 0 0.014385 7.61652 0 8

Waitomo District 0 0 0 0 0 0

TOTAL 151 396 111 151 522 1332

Source: www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/land/use/P5a/datafiles/data.csv

Note that the Land Use Capability (LUC) is a measure of the land’s capacity for sustained productive use, taking into account physical limitations, soil conservation needs and management requirements. This is a national database administered by Landcare Research Limited, and should not be confused with recommended land use or present land use.

The LUC classification includes eight classes of productive capability ranging from Class I – ‘the most versatile multiple use land with virtually no limitations to use’ through to Class VIII – ‘land with very severe to extreme limitations or hazards which make it unsuitable for arable, pastoral or production forestry’ (NWASCO, 1979). In this indicator, we report subdivision on LUC classes I through IV (flat to strongly rolling slopes – 0 to 20 degree slopes). These classes are reported because they represent land with a high productive capability that is well suited to agricultural or horticultural use but also land that would appeal for urban and lifestyle block development.

Gaps and limitations To produce this indicator, Environment Waikato has used the Census meshblocks to indicate rural subdivision rather than examining information on individual properties. This means that we cannot identify exactly which properties have been subdivided.

More information EW Rural Subdivision indicator

www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/land/use/P5a/keypoints.htm

5.1.4.2 #17 – Stock density

What does ‘Stock density’ mean? Stock density is a standard way of measuring the amount of stock on an area of land. Environment Waikato calculates stock density by converting the type of stock (for example, sheep, deer or dairy cattle) to common stock units (ewe equivalents). They

Page 57: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 49

then divide stock units by the area of land that the stock graze on, to provide stock units per hectare.

Why is ‘Stock density’ important? Environment Waikato uses stock density to indicate where there are current and possible future pressures on the environment from livestock farming. High stock densities can lead to effects on local water quality, stream banks and soil.

Environment Waikato calculates stock density in the seven major water catchment zones in the Waikato Region. This helps them determine how stock pressure is affecting water quality in different parts of the Region, particularly in areas where waterways are not fenced from stock or protected by riparian planting. This information can then be used in conjunction with other indicators based on catchment areas, such as river water quality.

ResultsThis indicator shows stock density, grouped into four classes, for each of the seven major water catchment zones in the Waikato Region.

Table 31: Stock density in seven major water catchment zones in the Waikato Region, January 2001

Percentage of farms in each class for each catchment Stock Unit Density (Stock Units/ha) Coromandel Hauraki Lower

WaikatoTaupo Upper

WaikatoWaipa West

Coast

<10.5 38 16 29 62 36 27 57

10.5 to 17.5 36 36 37 27 46 40 31

17.5 to 24.5 15 35 21 4 12 22 7

>24.5 10 13 13 6 5 12 5

TOTAL 100 100 100 100 100 100 100Source: www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/land/use/riv9/datafiles/data.csv

Gaps and limitations AgriBase data cannot be used to calculate stock densities for all properties, as not all properties in the region are linked to an AgriBase record. The AgriBase data purchased by Environment Waikato does not discriminate between the age classes of the animals.The equation used to calculate total stock units is a generalised one that uses typical stock classes on farms.

This indicator is not broken down by territorial authority.

This indicator uses data from the 2000 AgriBase and LCDB1. These are not the latest datasets, so the indicator could be updated with later versions. Environment Waikato states that the indicator will be updated every five years but it is not clear when the next update is due.

More information Environment Waikato Stock density indicator

www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/land/use/riv9/keypoints.htm

AgriQuality Agribase database information www.agriquality.co.nz/page.cfm?s=178,232,368,100000275

Page 58: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 50 Doc #1084090

5.1.5 Energy outcome (h) We reduce our reliance on non-renewable energy. (i) Waste reduction, recycling, energy conservation and energy efficiency are promoted and are part of how we all live.

5.1.5.1 #18 – Total energy consumption

What does ‘Total energy consumption’ mean? This indicator measures the amount of energy consumed in the Waikato Region, and compares what sources of energy were used.

Why is ‘Total energy consumption’ important? Energy consumption is part of our everyday lives and is vital to industry and the economy of the country. Energy production can be from renewable or non-renewable sources. Inefficiency in energy production or consumption can mean that non-renewable sources are used quicker than required and pollution problems can occur.

Results

Table 32: Annual energy consumption 2003 – Waikato Region and Hamilton City

Area Transport (TJ/ year)

Domestic (TJ/ year)

Industry/commercial (TJ/ year)

Total (TJ/ year)

WaikatoRegion

22863 6817 79363 109043

Hamilton City 4573 2251 1351 8175Source:www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/community/economyandresourceuse/energy1/data.htm (based on data from the Regional Energy Survey)

Table 33: Source of energy consumed in 2003 – Waikato Region and Hamilton City

Area Electricity (TJ/ year)

Wood (TJ/ year)

Coal (TJ/ year)

Gas (TJ/ year)

Other oil products (TJ/ year)

Other (TJ/ year)

Total (TJ/year)

WaikatoRegion

9796 6918 26371 42489 22871 599 109043

HamiltonCity

3260 199 117 40 4559 0 8175

Source:www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/community/economyandresourceuse/energy1/data.htm (based on data from the Regional Energy Survey)

Gaps and limitations 2003 was the first year this data was collected and forms the baseline data. No trends in energy consumption can yet be determined.

Data has not been collated for any territorial authorities except for Hamilton City.

This indicator depends on industry, electricity line companies, fuel suppliers, fuel transporters and local authorities providing energy use data. Data were not provided by some sources, due to commercial sensitivities, and other less accurate methods of estimating fuel use were used. For example, Aviation fuel consumption data and Rockgas gas use data were unable to be provided for commercial reasons. The

Page 59: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 51

methods used to estimate fuel use from these sources are likely to be less accurate than total fuel consumption data from retailers.

Petrol tax data were provided for Hamilton, South Waikato, Hauraki, Matamata-Piako, Thames-Coromandel, Waikato and Waipa Districts. These areas contain about 75 percent of the total number of dwellings in the Waikato Region. Petrol tax data from these areas were used to estimate fuel use for the rest of the Region.

No fuel tax data were available for Hamilton alone. Hamilton data were based on estimates of fuel use for Hamilton from road network modelling, carried out by Gabites Porter for the 2001 air emissions inventory. This was extrapolated to 2003 based on projected population growth. These methods provide less accurate estimates than if petrol tax data had been obtained specifically for the whole study area and if the Hamilton use data were able to be segregated on the basis of fuel use.

More information EW Total energy consumption indicator

www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/community/economyandresourceuse/energy1/keypoints.htm

Energy Efficiency and Conservation Authority Energy End Use Database www.eeca.govt.nz/enduse/index.aspx

5.1.5.2 #19 – Greenhouse gas emissions

What does ‘Greenhouse gas emissions’ mean? The Inventory of New Zealand Greenhouse Gas Emissions – 2001 is a database of greenhouse gases emissions for all Territorial Local Authorities (TLA) in New Zealand.

Why are ‘Greenhouse gas emissions’ important? Greenhouse gases present in the Earth's atmosphere trap the warmth from the sun, keeping temperatures stable and preventing all the Earth's warmth from radiating away into space. Without these gases, Earth would be too cold to support life as we know it. We call these gases, primarily water vapour, carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O), greenhouse gases because they act like the glass in a greenhouse. Until recently the greenhouse has existed in a state of natural balance, with the heat gained from the sun being matched by the heat lost by radiation back out to space. While there have been climatic changes in the past, there have been no significant climatic changes since the start of human civilization 10,000 years ago. Earlier changes have been either gradual, occurring over tens or hundreds of thousands of years, or when not gradual (when caused for example by major meteorite impacts) have extinguished much of the life on Earth. In the last 50 to 100 years, human activity has changed markedly and rapidly. These changes have impacted significantly on the atmosphere. Worldwide there have been developments in transportation, agriculture and industry. These activities produce greenhouse gases, and as a consequence the concentration of these gases in Earth's atmosphere has increased. The greenhouse balance has been upset and more heat has been trapped. The Earth has begun to warm and the climate to change. There is evidence of climate change effects, including raised temperatures and sea levels and the increased frequency of extreme weather events. The occurrence of these changes is projected to be more pronounced, and the rate of change more rapid.

ResultsThis indicator presents data on the six greenhouse gases as recommended by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (1996) – Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Nitrous Oxide (N2O), Methane (CH4), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), Perfluorocarbons (PFCs), and Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6). The inventory is divided into five distinct activity

Page 60: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 52 Doc #1084090

sectors: Agriculture, Area, Industry, Natural and Transport. Data is also available for sub-sectors within these activity sectors but is not presented here. The emissions are calculated using Territorial Local Authority (TLA) boundaries and using the 2001 census as base year.

Table 34: Estimated total agricultural emissions of six greenhouse gases by territorial authority, 2001 (estimates are reported in units of CO2 equivalents using Global Warming Potentials published in the IPCC Third Assessment Report (TAR)

Territorial authority CO2 (t/yr) CH4 (t/yr) N2O (t/yr) HFC's (t/yr)

PFC's(t/yr)

SF6(t/yr)

Franklin District 11,100 590,717 254,109 0 0 0

Thames-Coromandel District

4,614 98,387 42,342 0 0 0

Hauraki District 5,743 310,774 133,682 0 0 0

Waikato District 16,242 852,062 366,521 0 0 0

Matamata-Piako District 11,512 626,931 269,677 0 0 0

Hamilton City 439 23,981 10,354 0 0 0

Waipa District 8,726 476,683 205,053 0 0 0

Otorohanga District 6,737 349,439 150,312 0 0 0

South Waikato District 14,209 305,440 131,431 0 0 0

Waitomo District 8,502 413,555 177,893 0 0 0

Taupo District 30,532 624,105 268,555 0 0 0

Rotorua District 12,462 411,274 184,159 0 0 0

Source: http://niwa.cri.nz/ncces/ghge/agricultural#agricultural.jpg

Table 35: Estimated total area emissions of six greenhouse gases by territorial authority, 2001 (estimates are reported in units of CO2equivalents using Global Warming Potentials published in the IPCC Third Assessment Report (TAR)

Territorial authority CO2 (t/yr) CH4 (t/yr) N2O (t/yr) HFC's (t/yr)

PFC's(t/yr)

SF6(t/yr)

Franklin District 31,478 37,655 1,622 2,059 0 0

Thames-Coromandel District

20,916 18,908 1,122 1,003 0 0

Hauraki District 10,596 12,256 536 668 0 0

Waikato District 24,280 29,046 1,251 1,588 0 0

Matamata-Piako District 17,955 21,479 925 1,174 0 0

Hamilton City 70,012 83,752 3,607 4,579 0 0

Waipa District 24,547 29,365 1,264 1,605 0 0

Otorohanga District 5,655 6,765 291 370 0 0

South Waikato District 14,300 17,106 737 935 0 0

Waitomo District 12,173 7,535 467 377 0 0

Taupo District 44,392 25,500 3,072 1,256 0 0

Rotorua District 39,278 46,987 2,023 2,569 0 0

Source: http://niwa.cri.nz/ncces/ghge/area.xls

Page 61: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 53

Table 36: Estimated total industrial emissions of six greenhouse gases by territorial authority, 2001 (estimates are reported in units of CO2equivalents using Global Warming Potentials published in the IPCC Third Assessment Report (TAR)

Territorial authority CO2 (t/yr) CH4 (t/yr) N2O (t/yr) HFC's (t/yr)

PFC's(t/yr)

SF6(t/yr)

Franklin District 1,762,047 6,802 1,261 7,231 0 761

Thames-Coromandel District

41,498 3,315 614 502 0 53

Hauraki District 27,632 2,207 409 334 0 35

Waikato District 2,972,878 128,998 5,201 6,996 0 736

Matamata-Piako District 48,579 3,880 719 587 0 62

Hamilton City 189,425 15,130 2,804 2,289 0 241

Waipa District 66,415 5,305 983 803 0 84

Otorohanga District 119,000 1,222 226 6,387 0 672

South Waikato District 1,138,896 6,736 13,967 468 0 49

Waitomo District 15,586 1,245 231 188 0 20

Taupo District 212,756 37,270 769 6,830 0 719

Rotorua District 106,271 8,488 1,573 1,284 0 135

Source: http://niwa.cri.nz/ncces/ghge/industrial.xls

Table 37: Estimated total natural emissions of six greenhouse gases by territorial authority, 2001 (estimates are reported in units of CO2equivalents using Global Warming Potentials published in the IPCC Third Assessment Report (TAR)

Territorial authority CO2 (t/yr) CH4 (t/yr) N2O (t/yr) HFC's (t/yr)

PFC's(t/yr)

SF6(t/yr)

Franklin District 23 885 117,597 0 0 0

Thames-Coromandel District

1 2,474 666,824 0 0 0

Hauraki District 31 359 59,809 0 0 0

Waikato District 64 835 204,293 0 0 0

Matamata-Piako District 27 72 42,096 0 0 0

Hamilton City 1 1 442 0 0 0

Waipa District 3 4 24,205 0 0 0

Otorohanga District 1 276 178,307 0 0 0

South Waikato District 6 8 1,563,290 0 0 0

Waitomo District 1 963 397,748 0 0 0

Taupo District 10,193 255 3,752,401 0 0 0

Rotorua District 100,065 138,082 807,462 0 0 0

Source: http://niwa.cri.nz/ncces/ghge/natural.xls

Page 62: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 54 Doc #1084090

Table 38: Estimated total transport emissions of six greenhouse gases by territorial authority, 2001 (estimates are reported in units of CO2equivalents using Global Warming Potentials published in the IPCC Third Assessment Report (TAR)

Territorial authority CO2 (t/yr) CH4 (t/yr) N2O (t/yr) HFC's (t/yr)

PFC's(t/yr)

SF6(t/yr)

Franklin District 177689 920 1429 0 0 0

Thames-Coromandel District

86623 448 696 0 0 0

Hauraki District 58240 299 468 0 0 0

Waikato District 139504 714 1120 0 0 0

Matamata-Piako District 104470 530 838 0 0 0

Hamilton City 389431 2037 3134 0 0 0

Waipa District 143736 728 1167 0 0 0

Otorohanga District 34671 170 277 0 0 0

South Waikato District 82549 421 663 0 0 0

Waitomo District 36127 223 500 0 0 0

Taupo District 106355 558 856 0 0 0

Rotorua District 222705 1151 1802 0 0 0

Source: http://niwa.cri.nz/ncces/ghge/transport.xls

Gaps and limitations It is not clear if this inventory will be repeated on a regular basis. Data is not available at regional level, although territorial authority data could possibly be aggregated to give a regional picture. Ministry for the Environment and Climate Change Office may provide regional information in the future – see metadata document #1068783 for more information.

More information http://niwa.cri.nz/ncces/ghge/ - National Centre for Climate-Energy Solutions Inventory of NZ Greenhouse Gas Emissions 2001

EcoLink database provides carbon dioxide emissions estimates on a regional and territorial authority level but there may be a cost for this information and it is not clear what the information is based on.

http://www.climatechange.govt.nz/resources/reports/nir-apr05/index.html - link to New Zealand Greenhouse Gas Inventory 1990-2003. Includes national estimates only. However, the Climate Change Office and MfE may move into regional breakdowns in the 2006/07 financial year – contact [email protected](National Inventory Coordinator) for more information in the future.

5.1.5.3 #20 – Energy efficiency (or Energy use relative to economic growth)Because the indicator “Energy efficiency” is not available, the proxy “Energy use relative to economic growth” has been used.

What does 'Energy use relative to economic growth' mean? This indicator measures energy use in different sectors of society relative to economic growth (as represented by GDP). A lower ratio of energy consumption to GDP suggests a higher level of energy consumption.

Page 63: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 55

Energy efficiency in terms of transport, residential, commercial and industrial use of energy is sometimes referred to as energy conservation.

Why is ‘Energy use relative to economic growth' important? We monitor energy efficiency because the way that energy is used has impacts on an areas economic, environmental and social well being. The need to increase the available supply of energy (for example, through the creation of new power plants, or by the importation of more energy) is lessened if societal demand for energy can be reduced, or if growth in demand can be slowed through energy efficiency and conservation. Encouraging energy efficiency among consumers is often advocated as a cheaper or more environmentally sensitive alternative to increased energy production.

ResultsEnergy use involves the consumption of electricity and fuels such as natural gas, petrol, diesel, coal, wood and other oil products. Around 109,043 terajoules (TJ)1 of energy were used in the Region in 2003.

The table below shows energy use relative to the Regional economy by ANZSIC industry sector. It is calculated in megajoules (MJ)1 used per dollar contributed to the GDP. The manufacturing sector includes forestry related activities such as wood and paper product manufacturing and sawmilling and timber dressing. It also includes activities relating to dairy product manufacturing. Energy use for transport purposes is included in Transport and Storage. Energy use for domestic heating and appliances is included in Property and Business services.

The greatest amount of energy use relative to GDP contribution occurred within the electricity, gas and water supply sector (203 MJ of energy per dollar contributed). However, much of this energy was used to generate further power. Agriculture, forestry and fishing was the non-electricity generating sector with the most energy consumption (14 MJ per dollar contributed).

Table 39: Energy use and contribution to GDP in the Waikato Region by economic sector 2003

Sector % Contributed to GDP

$ Contributed to GDP

TJ/year MJ/$ Contributed to GDP

Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing

11.20% 901,044,144 12370 13.7

Mining 3.20% 257,441,184 1147 4.5

Manufacturing 16.40% 1,319,386,068 10874 8.2

Electricity, Gas and Water Supply

3.00% 241,351,110 49091 203.4

Construction 4.80% 386,161,776 40 0.1

Wholesale Trade 6.20% 498,792,294 40 0.1

Retail Trade 6.10% 490,747,257 40 0.1

Accommodation, Cafes and Restaurants

1.50% 120,675,555 40 0.3

Transport and Storage 3.80% 305,711,406 22863 74.8

Communication Services 3.80% 305,711,406 40 0.1

Finance and Insurance 3.50% 281,576,295 40 0.1

Property and Business Services

10.10% 812,548,737 6817 8.4

Government Administration and Defence

3.00% 241,351,110 40 0.2

Page 64: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 56 Doc #1084090

Sector % Contributed to GDP

$ Contributed to GDP

TJ/year MJ/$ Contributed to GDP

Education 3.90% 313,756,443 40 0.1

Health and Community Services

6.00% 482,702,220 45 0.1

Cultural and Recreational 1.80% 144,810,666 40 0.3

Personal and Other Services 1.00% 80,450,370 40 0.5

Source:www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/community/sustainability/energy2/keypoints.htm

Gaps and limitations This indicator depends on industry, electricity line companies, fuel suppliers, fuel transporters and local authorities providing energy use data. Data were not provided by some sources, due to commercial sensitivities, and other less accurate methods of estimating fuel use were used. For example, aviation fuel consumption data and Rockgas gas use data were unable to be provided for commercial reasons. The methods used to estimate fuel use from these sources are likely to be less accurate than total fuel consumption data from retailers.

Petrol tax data were provided for Hamilton, South Waikato, Hauraki, Matamata-Piako, Thames-Coromandel, Waikato and Waipa Districts. These areas contain about 75 percent of the total number of dwellings in the Waikato Region. Petrol tax data from these areas were used to estimate fuel use for the rest of the Region.

The Energy Efficiency Conservation Authority (EECA) has a large database of energy use by territorial and regional authority by sector. This database was most recently updated in 2002. This data has not been used in compiling this indicator, but could be used in the future.

This indicator measures energy use against GDP as a measure of energy efficiency. A better measure of energy efficiency could be to compare energy use against a Genuine Progress Indicator (GPI). However, GPI values for New Zealand are still in the development process and are not yet available.

More information Wikipedia definition of energy conservation

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Energy_conservation

Energy Efficiency Conservation Authority (EECA) www.eeca.govt.nz

Emprove (part of EECA) www.emprove.org.nz

Energy Wise (part of EECA) www.energywise.org.nz

The Energy Efficiency Conservation Authority has a large amount of information including a database of energy use by sector, fuel and geographic area. www.eeca.govt.nz/enduse/index.aspx

The Environment Waikato indicator - Energy Use Relative to Economic Growth www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/community/sustainability/energy2/keypoints.htm

MARCO Indicator – Total energy consumption

Page 65: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 57

5.1.6 Solid waste outcome (i) Waste reduction, recycling, energy conservation and energy efficiency are promoted and are part of how we all live.

5.1.6.1 #21 – Waste to landfills

What does “Waste to landfills” mean? This indicator measures the volume of waste disposed at landfills for selected territorial authorities in the Waikato Region.

Why is “Waste to landfills” important? In a recent community perceptions survey (2000), waste disposal was the second most mentioned environmental issue in the Waikato Region (water pollution was the most mentioned). People are concerned about waste facilities, methods of waste disposal, and the cost of rubbish disposal.

In our Region, the amount of solid waste for disposal is increasing. Also, wastes from areas outside our Region (such as Auckland and Tauranga) are likely to be increasingly brought into the Waikato Region for disposal.

At the same time we are becoming more aware of the potential effects of solid waste disposal. Poorly built and maintained landfills near waterways can leak contaminants into the water. Recently many unsatisfactory disposal sites have been closed or upgraded. Modern landfills are better managed with greater emphasis on avoiding environmental effects. But landfill space is becoming scarce as older sites are closed and suitable new sites are harder to find.

Page 66: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 58 Doc #1084090

Results

Table 40: Landfill disposal data for selected territorial authorities in the Waikato Region – 2005

Hamilton

City

Hauraki

District

Matamata-

Piako

District

South

Waikato

District

Taupo

District

NZ

Average

Population 114921 16764 29469 23472 31521 3800000

Households 40962 6219 10692 8013 11262 1440000

Number landfills

in district

1 1 0 2 1

Volume to

landfill (tonnes)

83600 7920 17000 16240 40110 3001000

Volume to

landfill per

resident (kg)

727 472 577 692 1272 790

Volume to

landfill per

household (kg)

2041 1274 1590 2027 3562 2084

Landfill

price/tonne

$95.90 $85 $85 $80 $48 $67.22

Source: Responsible Resource Recovery Ltd (“Regional Recycling and Recovery Infrastructural Review”), 2005.

Gaps and limitations This indicator covers only some of the territorial authorities in the Waikato Region and does not provide a comprehensive regional figure. It is based on a one-off report, prepared for Environment Waikato by Responsible Resource Recovery Ltd (“Regional Recycling and Recovery Infrastructural Review”) in 2005.

Data used for this indicator came from multiple sources, some of which were inconsistent. There are a number of reasons for the poor waste data held by District Councils. Problems are encountered when services are contracted out to private companies who are sensitive about divulging commercial information. This is even more the case when service providers operate in a market environment, with no contract obligations to councils. Councils that contract service providers often include

Page 67: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 59

data reporting requirements in the contract conditions. Despite this, required reporting often does not take place. Poor data reporting by service providers means that there is an incomplete picture of waste management in the districts and region.

Staff involved in waste issues at Environment Waikato are currently considering options for more integrated waste management directions across the region, including data collection. For more information, contact either Felicity Fahy or Rob Brodnax at Environment Waikato.

More information Environment Waikato web page about type and estimated amount of waste generated across the Waikato Region http://www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/waste/whatwethrowaway.htm#Heading1

5.1.6.2 #22 – Proportion of recycling

What does “Proportion of recycling” mean? This indicator measures the volume of waste diverted from landfills to recycling facilities, as a percentage of the estimated amount of waste disposed at landfills for selected territorial authorities in the Waikato Region.

Why is “Proportion of recycling” important? As industrial activities expand and our population increases we are using more resources and generating more waste. However, much of our waste could be: reused - for example, taking old books and toys to your local kindergarten recycled - for example, cans, paper and some plastics composted - if organic, for example, hedge and lawn clippings.

Waste disposal is expensive and can cause environmental problems. The less waste we produce, the less we need to dispose of, and the more we use our resources sustainably.

Page 68: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 60 Doc #1084090

Results

Table 41: Waste diverted from landfill (recycled) for selected territorial authorities in the Waikato Region – 2005

Hamilton City Hauraki

District

Matamata-

Piako District

Souh Waikato

District

Taupo

District

2001 population 114921 16764 29469 23472 31521

2001 households 40962 6219 10692 8013 11262

Volume diverted 8158 n/a 3135 1500 15952

% diverted 8.9 15.6 8.5 28.5

Resource

recovery centres

3 2 3 2 7

Population per RR

centre

38307 8382 9823 11736 4503

Source: Responsible Resource Recovery Ltd (“Regional Recycling and Recovery Infrastructural Review”), 2005.

Gaps and limitations This indicator covers only some of the territorial authorities in the Waikato Region and does not provide a comprehensive regional figure. It is based on a one-off report, prepared for Environment Waikato by Responsible Resource Recovery Ltd (“Regional Recycling and Recovery Infrastructural Review”) in 2005.

Data used for this indicator came from multiple sources, some of which were inconsistent. There are a number of reasons for the poor waste data held by District Councils. Problems are encountered when services are contracted out to private companies who are sensitive about divulging commercial information. This is even more the case when service providers operate in a market environment, with no contract obligations to councils. Councils that contract service providers often include data reporting requirements in the contract conditions. Despite this, required reporting often does not take place. Poor data reporting by service providers means that there is an incomplete picture of waste management in the districts and region.

Staff involved in waste issues at Environment Waikato are currently considering options for more integrated waste management directions across the region, including data collection. For more information, contact either Felicity Fahy or Rob Brodnax at Environment Waikato.

More information Environment Waikato web page about reducing waste

http://www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/waste/reducingwaste/index.htm

Page 69: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 61

5.2 Quality of Life Outcome Theme The Waikato region is a great place to live, providing the services and opportunities we need to love well.

5.2.1 Health outcome (a) We are healthy with active lifestyles and we enjoy a total sense of well-being. Everyone has access to affordable quality health services throughout the Waikato region.(c) Maori enjoy the same quality of health, education, housing, employment and economic outcomes as non-Maori.4

5.2.1.1 #23 – Life expectancy at birth

What does ‘Life expectancy’ mean? A life table represents the mortality experience of a population during a given period. It comprises a range of measures, including probabilities of death, probabilities of survival and life expectancies at various ages. Statistics NZ derives life tables, which commence with a hypothetical cohort of new-born babies and assumes that they would experience the observed mortality rates of a given period throughout their life. The derived life expectancies give an indication of the average longevity of the whole population but do not necessarily reflect the longevity of an individual.

Why is ‘Life expectancy’ important? Life expectancy is a key indicator of the general health of the population. Improvements in overall life expectancy reflect improvements in social and economic conditions, lifestyle, access to health services, and medical advances.

ResultsIn the Waikato Region, life expectancy data is only available for some territorial authorities, because death and population numbers in the others are too small to construct reliable life tables. Note also that life expectancy data for 1990-92 are not directly comparable with 1995-97 and 2000-02 because of differences in methodology.

Table 42: Life expectancy from birth for Waikato Region and selected territorial authorities, 1990-92, 1995-97, 2000-02

Area 1990-1992 1995-1997 2000-2002

Male Female F-M Male Female F-M Male Female F-M

Waikato Region 72.5 78.5 6.0 74.3 80.0 5.7 75.9 81.0 5.1

Thames- Coromandel District

- - - 74.5 80.9 6.4 77.0 82.9 5.9

Hamilton City - - - 74.7 80.2 5.5 76.7 81.9 5.2

Waipa District - - - 74.1 78.9 4.8 76.1 80.4 4.3

Source: http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/rdonlyres/BB78167E-45B3-442A-9858-E29E03E802A7/0/Part4Table1.gif

Gaps and limitations For most sub-national areas, death and population numbers are too small to construct reliable complete life tables. However, abridged life tables, which involve death and population data by age groups (0, 1–4, 5–9, ... 80–84, 85+ years), have been constructed for sub-national areas. Nevertheless, even the abridged life tables must

4 This outcome is not addressed comprehensively by the indicators included in this report and will be addressed further

by associated Maori indicators being developed in a parallel process.

Page 70: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 62 Doc #1084090

be interpreted with caution. Death and population numbers can fluctuate from year to year. In addition, the stated residence of the deceased may not reflect the geographic area(s) where that person spent most of their life.

For many sub-national areas, death and population numbers are also too small to construct reliable abridged life tables. For the Waikato Region, life expectancy data is available freely on the Statistics NZ website for the Region, Thames-Coromandel District, Waipa District and Hamilton City only. It is not available for any of the other territorial authorities in the Waikato Region (Hauraki, Waikato, Matamata-Piako, Otorohanga, South Waikato, Waitomo, Taupo), even on request, because death and population numbers are too small to construct reliable life tables.

Life expectancy data for 1990-92 are not directly comparable with 1995-97 and 2000-02 because of differences in methodology.

No ethnic life tables have been derived at sub-national level. For most areas and ethnicities, death and population numbers would be too small for constructing reliable life tables.

Standardised mortality rates are available for all territorial authorities and could possibly be substituted for life expectancy where that is not available.

More information New Zealand Life Tables (2000-2002) – www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/nz-life-tables-2000-2002/default.htm - link to the NZ Life Tables 2000-2002, which provide the most recent data for the Waikato Region and territorial authorities.

http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/r-councils/life-expectancy.html -Social Report page reporting life expectancy at birth at regional level for 2000-02

http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/t-authorities/life-expectancy.html -Social Report page reporting life expectancy at birth at territorial authority level for 2000-02

5.2.1.2 #24 – Social deprivation index

What does the ‘Social deprivation index’ mean? The New Zealand Index of Deprivation (NZDep) is a measure of socio-economic status calculated for small geographic areas. It shows the percentage of the population in a given area who live in each deprivation index decile. The Index combines a range of key socio-economic factors from the 2001 Census and estimates a score of material and social deprivation for a particular area, on a scale of 1 (least deprived) to 10 (most deprived). Deprivation scores generally reflect the ability of households to achieve positive outcomes in areas such as health, income, education and employment.

Why is the ‘Social deprivation index’ important? The economic and social circumstances of people impact significantly on their ability to provide for their everyday needs and to participate fully as members of their communities.

ResultsNote, in the graphs presented below, the x axis represents the index of deprivation with 1 being least deprived and 10 being most deprived.

Page 71: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 63

Figure 1: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Franklin District usually resident population 2001

Source: Degrees of Deprivation in New Zealand: An Atlas of Socioeconomic Difference (2nd Edition), 2004.

Figure 2: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Waikato District usually resident population 2001

Source: Degrees of Deprivation in New Zealand: An Atlas of Socioeconomic Difference (2nd Edition), 2004.

Figure 3: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Hamilton City usually resident population 2001

Source: Degrees of Deprivation in New Zealand: An Atlas of Socioeconomic Difference (2nd Edition), 2004.

Page 72: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 64 Doc #1084090

Figure 4: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Thames-Coromandel District usually resident population 2001

Source: Degrees of Deprivation in New Zealand: An Atlas of Socioeconomic Difference (2nd Edition), 2004.

Figure 5: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Hauraki District usually resident population 2001

Source: Degrees of Deprivation in New Zealand: An Atlas of Socioeconomic Difference (2nd Edition), 2004.

Figure 6: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Matamata-Piako District usually resident population 2001

Source: Degrees of Deprivation in New Zealand: An Atlas of Socioeconomic Difference (2nd Edition), 2004.

Page 73: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 65

Figure 7: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Waipa District usually resident population 2001

Source: Degrees of Deprivation in New Zealand: An Atlas of Socioeconomic Difference (2nd Edition), 2004.

Figure 8: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Otorohanga District usually resident population 2001

Source: Degrees of Deprivation in New Zealand: An Atlas of Socioeconomic Difference (2nd Edition), 2004.

Figure 9: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Waitomo District usually resident population 2001

Source: Degrees of Deprivation in New Zealand: An Atlas of Socioeconomic Difference (2nd Edition), 2004.

Page 74: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 66 Doc #1084090

Figure 10: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for South Waikato District usually resident population 2001

Source: Degrees of Deprivation in New Zealand: An Atlas of Socioeconomic Difference (2nd Edition), 2004.

Figure 11: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Taupo District usually resident population 2001

Source: Degrees of Deprivation in New Zealand: An Atlas of Socioeconomic Difference (2nd Edition), 2004.

Figure 12: NZDep2001 deprivation profile for Rotorua District usually resident population 2001

Source: Degrees of Deprivation in New Zealand: An Atlas of Socioeconomic Difference (2nd Edition), 2004.

Page 75: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 67

Gaps and limitations The deprivation index applies to areas rather than individuals who live in those areas. Data is not easily available at the regional level but could be aggregrated using meshblock data. However, the indicator was designed as a small area measure and aggregation to regional level may be inaccurate. Data on ethnicity is not readily available at the territorial authority level in the 2004 Atlas because this index relates to areas rather than individuals. The more recently developed NZ Index of Social Deprivation for Individuals may be more useful in terms of ethnicity (see bullet point below for more information).

More information New Zealand Index of Social Deprivation for Individuals (NZiDep) has been

developed to provide a more accurate picture for individuals and households – refer to a PDF of the report “A New Zealand Index of Socioeconomic Deprivation for Individuals”, which outlines how the Index was developed at http://www.wnmeds.ac.nz/academic/dph/staff/Report%20NZiDep%2018%20March%2020051.pdf

http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Social_deprivation.pdf - Quality of Life report section on Social Deprivation

Regional data for 2001 is reported on the Statistics NZ website under standard of living at http://www.stats.govt.nz/urban-rural-profiles/independent-urban-area/standard-living.htm

http://www.moh.govt.nz/phi/publications#DeprivationIndex – Ministry of Health research reports on 2001 Deprivation Index.

5.2.1.3 #25 – Avoidable mortality and hospitalisation rates

What do ‘Avoidable mortality and hospitalisation rates’ mean? The concept of avoidable mortality includes deaths that are potentially preventable through population-based interventions (e.g. health promotion), as well as those responsive to preventative and curative interventions at an individual level. Almost 80% of all avoidable deaths occur in those aged 45 -74 years, dominated by the emergence of chronic diseases such as heart disease, diabetes and smoking-related cancers.

Avoidable hospitalisations are hospitalisations which result from diseases and conditions sensitive to interventions delivered through primary health care, and which could therefore be potentially avoided.

Why are ‘Avoidable mortality and hospitalisation rates’ important? Monitoring levels of mortality and hospitalisation and levels of avoidable mortality and hospitalisation is an important part of the ongoing process of identifying priority areas and themes in a District Health Boards’ Health Needs Assessment process, and contributes to identifying continuing priorities and developing strategies to improve the health of society.

Mortality/hospitalisation rates (and those that are avoidable) can act as a measure in understanding the broader and more complex multi-layered general health of society.

The avoidable hospitalisation rate partly reflects effectiveness and access to primary health care.

ResultsNote that the results presented below are not for the Waikato Region but are for the area covered by the Waikato District Health Board. This area does not include parts of

Page 76: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 68 Doc #1084090

Rotorua and Taupo Districts (part of Lakes DBH) or Franklin District (Counties-Manukau DHB). It does however include a large proportion of Ruapehu District (part of the Manawatu Region).

Table 43: Avoidable mortality rate – Waikato District Health Board compared to New Zealand, 2000

Area Count Age-standardised rate per 100,000 Waikato DHB 811 233.1

New Zealand 8444 205.0 Source: Waikato District Health Board Health Needs Assessment and Analysis 2005 http://www.waikatodhb.govt.nz/media/docs/hna/hna_final.pdf

Table 44: Avoidable hospitalisations - Waikato District Health Board compared to New Zealand, 2002

Area Count Age-standardised rate per 100,000 Waikato DHB 8770 2852.1

New Zealand 104259 2897.8 Source: Waikato District Health Board Health Needs Assessment and Analysis http://www.waikatodhb.govt.nz/media/docs/hna/hna_final.pdf

Table 45: Avoidable mortality by territorial authority in the Waikato DHB area 1998-2001 by population estimate (2001)

Territorial authority 2001 population

Avoidable mortality 1998-2001

% of population

Hamilton City 119500 2825 2.36

Hauraki 17200 619 3.6

Matamata-Piako 30300 945 3.12

Otorohanga 9600 208 2.17

South Waikato 24200 605 2.5

Thames-Coromandel 25800 1029 3.99

Waikato 41300 1089 2.64

Waipa 41400 1356 3.28

Waitomo 9800 310 3.16 Source: Waikato District Health Board Health Needs Assessment and Analysis http://www.waikatodhb.govt.nz/media/docs/hna/hna_final.pdf

Page 77: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 69

Table 46: Avoidable hospitalisations by territorial authority in the Waikato DHB area 2000-2003 by population estimate (2001)

Territorial authority 2001 population

Avoidablehospitalisations2000-03

% of population

Hamilton City 119500 22394 18.74

Hauraki 17200 3417 19.87

Matamata-Piako 30300 4505 14.87

Otorohanga 9600 1220 12.71

South Waikato 24200 3913 16.17

Thames-Coromandel 25800 5621 21.79

Waikato 41300 6736 16.31

Waipa 41400 7054 17.04

Waitomo 9800 2589 26.42 Source: Waikato District Health Board Health Needs Assessment and Analysis http://www.waikatodhb.govt.nz/media/docs/hna/hna_final.pdf

Gaps and limitations The Waikato District Health Board does not include areas of Rotorua and Taupo Districts (part of Lakes DBH) or Franklin District (Counties-Manukau DHB). It does however include a large proportion of Ruapehu District (part of the Manawatu Region).

More information Waikato District Health Board – Avoidable Hospitalisation Factsheet

www.waikatodhb.govt.nz/Media/docs/HNA/Fact%20Sheets%20a_d/AH%20-%20Avoidable%20Hospitalisation.pdf

Waikato District Health Board – Avoidable Mortality Factsheet www.waikatodhb.govt.nz/Media/docs/HNA/Fact%20Sheets%20a_d/M%20-%20Avoidable%20Mortality.pdf

Waikato District Health Board (DHB) 2005 Health Needs Assessment (HNA) www.waikatodhb.govt.nz/WDHB/default.asp?content=799

5.2.1.4 #26 – Overall quality of life

What does ‘Overall quality of life’ mean? This indicator measures residents’ perception of overall quality of life in selected cities in New Zealand.

Why is ‘Overall quality of life’ important? It is important to have some insight into how people feel about their overall quality of life in a given city or region.

Page 78: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 70 Doc #1084090

Results

Table 47: Respondents rating of overall quality of life – Hamilton City 2004

Percentage of respondents rating of overall quality of life

Extremely

good

Good Neutral Poor Extremely

poor

Total 22.5 66.8 8.8 1.7 0.2

Gender

Male 19.7 68.3 9.6 2.0 0.4

Female 25.0 65.5 8.1 1.5 -

Age

15-24 25.5 61.0 12.0 1.5 -

25-49 21.0 69.8 7.7 1.1 0.4

50-64 24.4 64.7 6.7 4.2 -

65+ 19.4 69.8 9.5 1.3 -

Ethnicity

NZ

European/New

Zealander

22.2 66.8 9.0 1.7 0.2

Maori 23.1 63.2 11.5 2.2 -

Pacific Island 17.3 76.5 6.2 - -

Asian/Indian 16.1 76.8 7.0 - -

Other 50.0 50.0 - - -Source: Quality of Life in New Zealand’s Twelve Largest Cities – Residents’ Survey 2004 – Data Tables for Hamilton City, Gravitas Research and Strategy Limited.

Gaps and limitations Survey currently only includes Hamilton City – no current data for Waikato Region or other territorial authorities. However, data will be available for the Waikato Region from 2006 onwards.

Page 79: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 71

More information http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/surveys.htm# - link to biannual residents’ Quality of Life surveys.

5.2.1.5 #27 – Barriers to accessing General Practitioners (GPs)

What does ‘Barriers to accessing General Practitioners’ mean? This indicator measures the percentage of people who felt unable to go to a doctor in the previous 12 months, although they wanted to.

Why is ‘Barriers to accessing General Practitioners’ important? General Practitioners (GPs) are part of the frontline of primary health care provision. Accessibility to a GP is an important issue in both treatment and prevention of poor health.

Results

Table 48: People who wanted to go to a GP in the last 12 months but felt unable to – Hamilton City 2004

Percentage of respondents who wanted

to go to a GP in last 12 months but felt

unable to

Total 25.0%

Gender

Male 20.4%

Female 28.4%

Age

15-24 30.9%

25-49 29.9%

50-64 17.7%

65+ 2.8%

Ethnicity

NZ European/New Zealander 24.1%

Maori 31.3%

Pacific Island 11.2%

Asian/Indian 26.5%

Page 80: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 72 Doc #1084090

Percentage of respondents who wanted

to go to a GP in last 12 months but felt

unable to

Other -Source: Quality of Life in New Zealand’s Twelve Largest Cities – Residents’ Survey 2004 – Data Tables for Hamilton City, Gravitas Research and Strategy Limited.

Gaps and limitations Survey currently only includes Hamilton City – no data for Waikato Region or other territorial authorities. However, data will be available for the Waikato Region from 2006 onwards.

More information Quality of Life survey 2004 also recorded the main reasons people didn’t access their GPs – see section 4.3, page 28 of http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf2004/Quality_of_Life_2004_full_report.pdf

http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Access_to_GPs.pdf - Access to GPs indicator report page from Quality of Life Survey 2002.

5.2.2 Education outcome (b) Education provides opportunities so we can reach our full potential as individuals and contribute to the well-being of the whole region. (c) Maori enjoy the same quality of health, education, housing, employment and economic outcomes as non-Maori.5

5.2.2.1 #28 – School leavers with no formal qualification

What does ‘School leavers with no formal qualifications’ mean? This indicator measures the number of school leavers that have no formal school qualifications.

Why are ‘School leavers with no formal qualifications’ important? Each year up to 10,000 school leavers have no formal qualifications. School leavers with no formal qualifications are a concern to a NZ government aiming to develop a knowledge economy. The Statistics NZ website states “The extent to which a lack of school qualifications impedes the progress of young people in their transition from school to work must be of major concern to a nation focusing on developing an inclusive, innovative economy.”

Those who leave school early with few qualifications are at a much greater risk of unemployment or vulnerability in the labour force and of having low incomes. (MSD Social Report).

5 This outcome is not addressed comprehensively by the indicators included in this report and will be addressed further

by associated Maori indicators being developed in a parallel process.

Page 81: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 73

Results

Table 49: Number of students leaving Secondary Schools in 2004 with little or no qualifications by gender – Waikato region and territorial authorities

Actual numbers As % of all school leaversArea

Male Female Male Female Waikato Region 11.5 14.7

Franklin District 48 38 16.3 14.5

Thames-Coromandel District 29 17 23.5 14.4

Hauraki District 23 15 13.8 9.0

Waikato District 17 21 20.8 23.5

Matamata-Piako District 45 35 23.4 18.0

Hamilton City 107 85 12.2 8.5

Waipa District 41 34 10.6 8.5

Otorohanga District 10 10 s s

South Waikato District 31 23 19.0 16.2

Waitomo District 5 5 11.1 x

Taupo District 12 14 12.4 11.6

Rotorua District 85 62 18.5 13.3x = for this category there were less than 5 school leavers with little or no formal attainment s = data not shown as there is only one school with students in Year 9 and above in the Territorial Local Authority area Source: Data Management and Analysis Section, Ministry of Education

Table 50: Number of students leaving Secondary Schools in 2004 with little or no qualifications by ethnicity – Waikato region and territorial authorities

% of all school leavers Area NZ European M ori Pasifika Asian Other Waikato Region 10.3 21.6 9.9 2.7 10.9

Franklin District 12.6 26.4 x 25.0 x

Thames-CoromandelDistrict

17.2 27.3 x x x

Hauraki District 9.6 17.4 x x x

Waikato District 17.0 26.0 x x x

Matamata-PiakoDistrict

16.8 34.3 x x x

Hamilton City 7.7 23.5 10.0 x 11.7

Waipa District 9.4 11.0 x x x

OtorohangaDistrict

s s s s s

South Waikato District

8.7 27.7 18.2 x x

Waitomo District x 10.7 x x x

Page 82: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 74 Doc #1084090

% of all school leavers Area NZ European M ori Pasifika Asian Other Taupo District 10.4 16.1 x x x

Rotorua District 7.6 24.5 x 27.8 xx = for this category there were less than 5 school leavers with little or no formal attainment s = data not shown as there is only one school with students in Year 9 and above in the Territorial Local Authority area Source: Data Management and Analysis Section, Ministry of Education

Gaps and limitations The Ministry of Education data can only be compared in terms of leavers with no qualification, as types of qualification obtained changed during the 2002 – 2004 period with the introduction of NCEA.

Territorial authority breakdowns are only supplied by Ministry of Education for 2003 and 2004 data. 2005 data are not available at all yet.

More information Ministry of Social Development Social Report Indicator

www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/knowledge-skills/school-leavers-higher-qualifications.html

Statistics New Zealand report on school leavers with no formal qualifications www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/school-leavers/default.htm

Ministry of Education: Education Counts – School leavers with no formal qualifications indicator http://educationcounts.edcentre.govt.nz/indicators/edachievmnt/dsau3.html

5.2.2.2 #29 – Educational attainment of the adult population

What does ‘Educational attainment of the adult population’ mean? The highest level of education or qualification attained for adults (aged 15 years or over). Changes in educational attainment provide information about access to education and the equity of the education system, and serve as a backdrop to current participation and completion rates.

Why is ‘Educational attainment of the adult population’’ important? Measuring the qualification levels of a city’s population aged 15 years and over helps to identify the job readiness of the future labour force. An educated population adds to the vibrancy and creativity of a city and is needed to remain competitive in the global economy.

Higher educational attainment, in terms of recognised qualifications, is associated with a range of positive outcomes, including better income, employment, and health. As the requirements for many jobs and the expectations of employers are rising, education that provides the necessary skills and knowledge has become essential for full participation in society and for a productive workforce. Education also contributes to an expansion of scientific and cultural knowledge, and a population’s educational levels are positively related to economic growth rates and to a country’s capacity to provide its citizens with a high standard of living.

Page 83: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 75

ResultsThis indicator is presented by age in separate tables for territorial authorities and the Waikato Region for 2001 for both total population by gender and for the Maori ethnic group by gender.

Page 84: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

76

Doc

#10

8409

0

Tabl

e 51

: H

ighe

st q

ualif

icat

ion

by g

ende

r fo

r us

ually

res

iden

t po

pula

tion

aged

15

year

s an

d ov

er 2

001

– W

aika

to R

egio

n an

d te

rrito

rial a

utho

ritie

s

Are

a an

d Se

x H

ighe

st Q

ualif

icat

ion

N

o Q

ualif

icat

ion

Fifth

For

m

Qua

lific

atio

n

Sixt

h Fo

rm

Qua

lific

atio

n

Hig

her

Scho

ol

Qua

lific

atio

n

Oth

erSe

cond

ary

Scho

ol

Qua

lific

atio

n

Voca

tiona

l Q

ualif

icat

ion

Bac

helo

r D

egre

e H

ighe

r D

egre

e N

otEl

sew

here

In

clud

ed(1

)

Tota

l

Wai

kato

Reg

ion

Mal

e 37

,530

17

,757

11

,385

6,

021

4,84

5 24

,807

6,

681

3,46

2 19

,035

13

1,52

0

Fem

ale

35,9

64

22,0

05

14,9

67

6,50

1 6,

159

23,2

71

7,80

9 2,

973

19,4

97

139,

152

Tota

l 73

,491

39

,765

26

,349

12

,525

11

,007

48

,078

14

,490

6,

435

38,5

35

270,

672

Fran

klin

Dis

trict

Mal

e 5,

190

2,

646

1,

557

69

9

804

3,

801

79

5

318

3,

207

19

,014

Fem

ale

4,83

6

3,35

7

2,19

0

663

97

5

3,16

8

831

27

6

3,18

0

19,4

79

Tota

l 10

,026

6,

003

3,

747

1,

365

1,

782

6,

969

1,

626

59

4

6,38

7

38,4

96

Tham

es-C

orom

ande

l D

istri

ct

Mal

e 2,

976

1,

347

82

2

291

37

5

1,80

3

366

18

3

1,68

6

9,84

9

Fem

ale

2,94

3

1,68

6

1,01

4

294

51

9

1,71

0

354

13

8

1,78

5

10,4

43

Tota

l 5,

916

3,

036

1,

839

58

5

891

3,

510

72

0

321

3,

471

20

,295

Hau

raki

Dis

trict

Mal

e 2,

220

91

2

456

15

9

180

1,

005

15

6

45

1,01

4

6,15

0

Fem

ale

2,13

3

1,09

5

633

19

2

240

89

7

147

51

96

9

6,35

7

Tota

l 4,

353

2,

004

1,

092

35

1

417

1,

902

30

3

99

1,98

0

12,5

07

Wai

kato

Dis

trict

Mal

e 4,

569

1,

908

1,

203

52

5

414

2,

532

63

6

333

2,

271

14

,397

Fem

ale

4,14

6

2,31

0

1,50

9

570

48

3

2,42

4

786

33

9

2,18

1

14,7

45

Page 85: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

77

Are

a an

d Se

x H

ighe

st Q

ualif

icat

ion

N

o Q

ualif

icat

ion

Fifth

For

m

Qua

lific

atio

n

Sixt

h Fo

rm

Qua

lific

atio

n

Hig

her

Scho

ol

Qua

lific

atio

n

Oth

erSe

cond

ary

Scho

ol

Qua

lific

atio

n

Voca

tiona

l Q

ualif

icat

ion

Bac

helo

r D

egre

e H

ighe

r D

egre

e N

otEl

sew

here

In

clud

ed(1

)

Tota

l

Tota

l 8,

715

4,

218

2,

715

1,

092

89

7

4,95

3

1,42

2

672

4,

452

29

,139

Mat

amat

a-P

iako

Dis

trict

Mal

e 3,

600

1,

716

87

3

339

36

3

1,94

1

390

96

1,

551

10

,866

Fem

ale

3,36

6

2,10

0

1,28

1

336

40

8

1,63

5

408

10

5

1,62

3

11,2

53

Tota

l 6,

963

3,

816

2,

148

67

5

771

3,

573

79

5

201

3,

171

22

,119

Ham

ilton

City

Mal

e 9,

306

4,

971

4,

059

3,

120

1,

923

8,

337

3,

372

2,

070

4,

683

41

,835

Fem

ale

10,1

07

6,42

6

5,17

5

3,42

6

2,45

7

8,33

7

4,02

6

1,68

0

5,48

1

47,1

12

Tota

l 19

,413

11

,397

9,

237

6,

543

4,

380

16

,671

7,

398

3,

747

10

,161

88

,947

Wai

pa D

istri

ct

Mal

e 4,

134

2,

142

1,

308

52

2

522

3,

099

73

5

333

1,

857

14

,658

Fem

ale

3,83

1

2,75

7

1,81

5

627

69

6

2,86

5

873

30

0

2,06

1

15,8

28

Tota

l 7,

965

4,

902

3,

120

1,

149

1,

218

5,

967

1,

608

63

3

3,91

8

30,4

86

Oto

roha

nga

Dis

trict

Mal

e 1,

374

57

3

276

11

1

72

504

78

27

76

8

3,78

0

Fem

ale

915

54

0

342

87

96

50

1

117

33

46

8

3,09

6

Tota

l 2,

289

1,

116

61

8

201

16

5

1,00

5

198

57

1,

236

6,

876

Sou

th W

aika

to D

istri

ct

Mal

e 2,

904

1,

044

56

4

219

28

8

1,50

6

213

75

1,

521

8,

325

Fem

ale

2,78

7

1,36

8

756

25

2

378

1,

167

25

2

69

1,36

5

8,39

1

Tota

l 5,

688

2,

415

1,

317

47

1

666

2,

670

46

2

141

2,

886

16

,719

Wai

tom

o D

istri

ct

Page 86: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

78

Doc

#10

8409

0

Are

a an

d Se

x H

ighe

st Q

ualif

icat

ion

N

o Q

ualif

icat

ion

Fifth

For

m

Qua

lific

atio

n

Sixt

h Fo

rm

Qua

lific

atio

n

Hig

her

Scho

ol

Qua

lific

atio

n

Oth

erSe

cond

ary

Scho

ol

Qua

lific

atio

n

Voca

tiona

l Q

ualif

icat

ion

Bac

helo

r D

egre

e H

ighe

r D

egre

e N

otEl

sew

here

In

clud

ed(1

)

Tota

l

Mal

e 1,

335

51

3

270

11

7

33

501

99

30

57

9 3,

474

Fem

ale

1,13

7

561

31

2

111

81

58

8

123

30

54

3

3,48

6

Tota

l 2,

469

1,

074

57

9

231

11

4

1,08

6

222

57

1,

122

6,

960

Taup

o D

istri

ct

Mal

e 3,

225

1,

644

1,

029

39

6

420

2,

352

42

6

195

2,

067

11

,757

Fem

ale

3,04

2

1,98

9

1,36

5

402

55

2

2,04

6

456

14

1

2,07

0

12,0

63

Tota

l 6,

267

3,

633

2,

394

79

8

972

4,

398

88

2

336

4,

140

23

,820

(1

) Inc

lude

s H

ighe

st Q

ualif

icat

ion

Uni

dent

ifiab

le a

nd N

ot S

tate

d S

ourc

e:ht

tp://

ww

w2.

stat

s.go

vt.n

z/do

min

o/ex

tern

al/P

AS

Full/

PA

Sfu

ll.ns

f/0/4

c256

7ef0

0247

c6ac

c256

bca0

00d0

d49/

$FIL

E/T

able

%20

10.x

ls

Tabl

e 52

: Hig

hest

qua

lific

atio

n fo

r M

aori

ethn

ic g

roup

by

gend

er fo

r th

e us

ually

res

iden

t pop

ulat

ion

aged

15

year

s an

d ov

er, 2

001

– W

aika

to R

egio

n an

d te

rrito

rial a

utho

ritie

s

Are

a an

d Se

x H

ighe

st Q

ualif

icat

ion

N

o Q

ualif

icat

ion

Fifth

For

m

Qua

lific

atio

nSi

xth

Form

Q

ualif

icat

ion

Hig

her S

choo

l Q

ualif

icat

ion

Oth

er N

Z Se

cond

ary

Scho

ol Q

ualif

icat

ion

Ove

rsea

s Se

cond

ary

Scho

ol Q

ualif

icat

ion

Bas

ic V

ocat

iona

l Q

ualif

icat

ion

Wai

kato

Reg

ion

Mal

e 9,

114

2,

904

1,

632

90

0

27

42

876

Fem

ale

8,99

4

3,72

9

2,22

6

1,14

3

27

63

1,27

8

Tota

l 18

,105

6,

633

3,

861

2,

043

57

10

8

2,15

4

Fran

klin

Dis

trict

Mal

e 98

7 33

3 16

5 69

3

6 84

Fem

ale

1062

37

5 21

3 78

3

6 12

3

Page 87: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

79

Are

a an

d Se

x H

ighe

st Q

ualif

icat

ion

N

o Q

ualif

icat

ion

Fifth

For

m

Qua

lific

atio

nSi

xth

Form

Q

ualif

icat

ion

Hig

her S

choo

l Q

ualif

icat

ion

Oth

er N

Z Se

cond

ary

Scho

ol Q

ualif

icat

ion

Ove

rsea

s Se

cond

ary

Scho

ol Q

ualif

icat

ion

Bas

ic V

ocat

iona

l Q

ualif

icat

ion

Tota

l 20

46

705

378

147

9 12

20

7

Tham

es- C

orom

ande

l D

istri

ct

Mal

e 46

8 17

1 93

33

0

6 36

Fem

ale

432

222

123

27

0 6

51

Tota

l 90

0 39

3 21

9 60

0

9 90

Hau

raki

Dis

trict

Mal

e

402

129

54

12

0 0

27

Fem

ale

408

159

75

33

0 3

54

Tota

l 80

7 28

8 12

9 45

0

3 81

Wai

kato

Dis

trict

Mal

e 13

68

363

210

105

3 6

105

Fem

ale

1425

47

7 28

2 12

9 6

9 15

3

Tota

l 27

93

843

489

234

9 12

25

8

Mat

amat

a-P

iako

Dis

trict

Mal

e 49

5 15

9 69

24

6

3 30

Fem

ale

513

192

102

33

3 0

57

Tota

l 10

08

351

171

60

9 3

87

Ham

ilton

City

Mal

e 23

01

810

591

474

6 15

30

3

Fem

ale

2304

99

3 76

2 58

8 3

27

456

Tota

l 46

02

1806

13

53

1062

9

39

759

Wai

pa D

istri

ct

Page 88: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

80

Doc

#10

8409

0

Are

a an

d Se

x H

ighe

st Q

ualif

icat

ion

N

o Q

ualif

icat

ion

Fifth

For

m

Qua

lific

atio

nSi

xth

Form

Q

ualif

icat

ion

Hig

her S

choo

l Q

ualif

icat

ion

Oth

er N

Z Se

cond

ary

Scho

ol Q

ualif

icat

ion

Ove

rsea

s Se

cond

ary

Scho

ol Q

ualif

icat

ion

Bas

ic V

ocat

iona

l Q

ualif

icat

ion

Mal

e 64

5 25

5 14

1 63

0

6 72

Fem

ale

660

339

204

84

3 3

102

Tota

l 13

05

594

348

150

0 9

174

Oto

roha

nga

Dis

trict

Mal

e 47

4 13

5 51

21

3

3 30

Fem

ale

294

114

48

6 3

3 39

Tota

l 77

1 24

6 99

27

6

3 72

Sou

th W

aika

to D

istri

ct

Mal

e 87

6 24

3 11

7 45

3

3 72

Fem

ale

930

372

180

87

6 3

96

Tota

l 18

09

615

297

132

9 6

168

Wai

tom

o D

istri

ct

Mal

e 56

1 11

7 57

24

0

0 36

Fem

ale

561

195

78

33

3 3

60

Tota

l 11

25

309

138

57

3 3

93

Taup

o D

istri

ct

Mal

e 11

19

375

183

66

0 6

132

Fem

ale

1059

49

5 27

9 96

3

6 15

6

Tota

l 21

75

873

459

159

6 9

288

Rot

orua

Dis

trict

Mal

e 24

12

933

504

258

3 21

31

5

Fem

ale

2469

11

28

738

321

6 18

50

1

Tota

l 48

81

2061

12

45

576

9 42

81

6

Page 89: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

81

Sou

rce:

Sta

tistic

s N

Z Ta

ble

Bui

lder

- ht

tp://

xtab

s.st

ats.

govt

.nz/

eng/

Tabl

eVie

wer

/Wds

view

/dis

pvie

wp.

asp?

Rep

ortId

=145

– M

aori

ethn

ic in

form

atio

n on

ly

Tabl

e 53

: Hig

hest

qua

lific

atio

n fo

r M

aori

ethn

ic g

roup

by

gend

er fo

r th

e us

ually

res

iden

t pop

ulat

ion

aged

15

year

s an

d ov

er, 2

001

– W

aika

to R

egio

n (c

ontin

ued)

and

terr

itoria

l aut

horit

ies

Are

a an

d Se

x H

ighe

st Q

ualif

icat

ion

Sk

illed

Voc

atio

nal

Qua

lific

atio

nIn

term

edia

te

Voca

tiona

l Q

ualif

icat

ion

Adv

ance

d Vo

catio

nal

Qua

lific

atio

n

Bac

helo

r Deg

ree

Hig

her D

egre

e N

ot

Else

whe

re

Incl

uded

(1)

Tota

l

Wai

kato

Reg

ion

Mal

e 89

4

360

54

9

516

20

4

3,61

8

21,6

33

Fem

ale

414

50

7

957

86

1

240

3,

336

23

,775

Tota

l 1,

305

86

7

1,50

3

1,37

7

441

6,

954

45

,405

Fran

klin

Dis

trict

Mal

e 10

8 39

42

36

9

411

Fem

ale

54

45

99

48

12

381

Tota

l 16

2 84

14

1 87

21

79

5

Tham

es- C

orom

ande

l D

istri

ct

Mal

e 54

18

18

21

3

177

Fem

ale

18

24

54

27

3 18

3

Tota

l 75

39

72

48

9

360

Hau

raki

Dis

trict

Mal

e

36

9 18

9

3 16

8

Fem

ale

18

21

30

15

3 15

9

Tota

l 51

30

45

27

3

327

Wai

kato

Dis

trict

Mal

e 10

8 45

60

57

18

51

3

Page 90: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

82

Doc

#10

8409

0

Are

a an

d Se

x H

ighe

st Q

ualif

icat

ion

Sk

illed

Voc

atio

nal

Qua

lific

atio

nIn

term

edia

te

Voca

tiona

l Q

ualif

icat

ion

Adv

ance

d Vo

catio

nal

Qua

lific

atio

n

Bac

helo

r Deg

ree

Hig

her D

egre

e N

ot

Else

whe

re

Incl

uded

(1)

Tota

l

Fem

ale

45

48

111

114

42

525

Tota

l 15

3 93

17

1 17

1 60

10

35

Mat

amat

a-P

iako

Dis

trict

Mal

e 36

12

24

15

6

189

Fem

ale

12

12

42

27

9 18

3

Tota

l 48

24

66

42

12

37

5

Ham

ilton

City

Mal

e 24

9 12

9 23

1 28

8 12

0 80

7

Fem

ale

147

183

354

474

132

822

Tota

l 39

6 31

2 58

5 75

9 25

2 16

32

Wai

pa D

istri

ct

Mal

e 10

5 27

54

57

21

24

6

Fem

ale

45

51

105

81

21

231

Tota

l 15

0 78

16

2 13

8 42

47

7

Oto

roha

nga

Dis

trict

Mal

e 27

6

9 3

3 24

0

Fem

ale

6 12

30

9

3 11

7

Tota

l 33

15

42

12

6

357

Sou

th W

aika

to D

istri

ct

Mal

e 78

39

33

15

9

372

Fem

ale

33

57

45

30

6 29

7

Tota

l 11

1 93

78

45

18

66

6

Page 91: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

83

Are

a an

d Se

x H

ighe

st Q

ualif

icat

ion

Sk

illed

Voc

atio

nal

Qua

lific

atio

nIn

term

edia

te

Voca

tiona

l Q

ualif

icat

ion

Adv

ance

d Vo

catio

nal

Qua

lific

atio

n

Bac

helo

r Deg

ree

Hig

her D

egre

e N

ot

Else

whe

re

Incl

uded

(1)

Tota

l

Wai

tom

o D

istri

ct

Mal

e 33

12

15

9

0 21

6

Fem

ale

15

33

33

18

3 19

2

Tota

l 48

45

45

27

3

405

Taup

o D

istri

ct

Mal

e 13

2 45

69

30

12

50

4

Fem

ale

45

51

117

51

12

474

Tota

l 17

7 99

18

6 81

24

97

8

Rot

orua

Dis

trict

Mal

e 28

5 16

5 18

9 13

2 54

10

95

Fem

ale

120

192

405

255

60

1029

Tota

l 40

2 35

7 59

7 38

7 11

7 21

27

(1

) Inc

lude

s H

ighe

st Q

ualif

icat

ion

Uni

dent

ifiab

le a

nd N

ot S

tate

d S

ourc

e: S

tatis

tics

NZ

Tabl

e B

uild

er -

http

://xt

abs.

stat

s.go

vt.n

z/en

g/Ta

bleV

iew

er/W

dsvi

ew/d

ispv

iew

p.as

p?R

epor

tId=1

45–

Mao

ri et

hnic

inf

orm

atio

n on

ly

Page 92: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 84 Doc #1084090

Gaps and limitations There are limitations on data obtained from the education questions in the 2001 Census due to relatively low response rates. Some 14.1 percent of the adult New Zealand resident population either did not answer the school or post-school level of attainment questions or did not answer them accurately enough to have their level of attainment classified. In addition, 18.2 percent of the adult New Zealand resident population did not answer the post-school qualification field of study question, or did not answer it accurately enough to have their field of study classified. Those who did not answer the post-school qualification questions tended to be in the younger and older age groups (i.e. the age groups that tend not to have post-school qualifications).

Changes to the form of the ethnicity questions used in the 1996 and 2001 Census of Population and Dwellings have resulted in some data that is not consistent between 1991 and 1996 or between 1996 and 2001. This applies particularly to the 'European' ethnic groups, including the 'New Zealand European' ethnic group, but also to the 'Mäori' ethnic group. Data between 1991 and 2001 may not be affected.

Care should be taken when comparing field of study data from 1996 with field of study data from 2001. The field of study classification changed between these two periods and although the 1996 data presented in this publication has been output using the same categories as the 2001 classification, some differences remain, including: In 1996 respondents were asked to provide information about their two highest

post-school qualifications. In this report the 1996 field of study data uses the first post-school qualification provided. In 2001, respondents were asked to provide their highest post-school qualification.

More information Age Standardised Qualification Rate (national only, age, gender and ethnicity

available) - http://educationcounts.edcentre.govt.nz/metadata/edachievmnt/simu11.html

Total Qualification Rate (national only, age, gender and ethnicity available) - http://educationcounts.edcentre.govt.nz/metadata/edachievmnt/simu11.html

http://www.stats.govt.nz/census/2001-education/default - Statistics NZ 2001 Education Report (from 2001 Census) – Tables 3 and 3a provide data on highest qualification achieved by regional council area for males, females and total, and for the Maori ethnic group for 2001.

http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/PASFull/PASfull.nsf/0/4c2567ef00247c6acc256bca000d0d49/$FILE/Table%2010.xls – 2001 data tables at territorial authority and regional level.

http://xtabs.stats.govt.nz/eng/TableViewer/Wdsview/dispviewp.asp?ReportId=145– 2001 data tables at territorial authority and regional level by ethnic group.

5.2.2.3 #30 – Participation in early childhood education

What does ‘Participation in early childhood education’ mean? This indicator measures children’s participation in early childhood education.

Why is ‘Participation in early childhood education’ important? The aim of early childhood education is to promote children's learning and development. There is a diverse range of services available, many evolved from individual and community initiatives with a range of philosophies. They include kindergartens, playcentres, k hanga reo, home-based services, childcare centres and crèches.

Page 93: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc #1093619 Page 85

Evidence from New Zealand and international research shows that the early years of childhood are vital to a child’s development and future ability to learn. Quality early childhood programmes prepare young children socially, physically and academically for entry into primary education and can help narrow the achievement gap between children from low-income families and those from more advantaged families. (Ministry of Social Development: www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/knowledge-skills/participation-early-childhood-education.html)

Results

Table 54: Percent enrolments in Early Childhood Education services by age – Waikato Region 2005

AgeRegion

Under 1 1 2 3 4 5 Total 0-4

Waikato Region 18.2 41.8 63.0 97.3 100.3 4.1 64.0Source: Ministry of Education, Data Management Unit

Table 55: Number of Year 1 students who have had some Early Childhood Education (ECE), No ECE or unknown if had ECE, by territorial authority, 2005

Number Percentage of total Territorial Authority Total SomeECE

NoECE

Unknown Some ECE

NoECE

Unknown

Franklin District 1011 887 87 37 87.73 8.61 3.66

Hamilton City 1861 1732 84 45 93.07 4.51 2.42

Hauraki District 234 214 15 5 91.45 6.41 2.14

Matamata-PiakoDistrict

508 461 11 36 90.75 2.17 7.09

Otorohanga District 141 122 12 7 86.52 8.51 4.96

Rotorua District 1206 1076 88 42 89.22 7.3 3.48

South Waikato District 383 323 46 14 84.33 12.01 3.66

Taupo District 497 475 19 3 95.57 3.82 0.6

Thames-CoromandelDistrict

343 306 17 20 89.21 4.96 5.83

Waikato District 765 678 57 30 88.63 7.45 3.92

Waipa District 693 633 35 25 91.34 5.05 3.61

Waitomo District 173 137 21 15 79.19 12.14 8.67Source: Data collated from statistics supplied by Ministry of Education (see EWDOCS# 1081823)

Page 94: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 86 Doc #1084090

Table 56: Number of Year 1 students who have had some Early Childhood Education (ECE) by ethnicity and territorial authority, 2005

Numbers by ethnic group Percentage of total Year 1 students by ethnicity

Territorial Authority

NZ Euro Maori Pacific Other NZ Euro Maori Pacific Other

Franklin District 604 166 32 85 93.21 72.81 78.05 90.43

Hamilton City 870 555 66 241 98.19 86.72 89.19 92.34

Hauraki District 144 63 1 6 93.51 87.5 100 85.71

Matamata-PiakoDistrict

344 78 8 31 92.23 86.67 100 83.78

Otorohanga District 71 47 1 3 87.65 83.93 100 100

Rotorua District 460 548 23 45 94.65 85.76 74.19 90

South Waikato District 147 124 35 17 92.45 78.98 74.47 85

Taupo District 259 195 8 13 99.23 90.7 100 100

Thames-Coromandel District

217 74 2 13 93.53 82.22 100 68.42

Waikato District 391 251 9 27 93.1 83.39 81.82 81.82

Waipa District 465 130 7 31 94.32 85.53 87.5 77.5

Waitomo District 76 57 1 3 91.57 67.06 100 75

Source: Data collated from statistics supplied by Ministry of Education (see EWDOCS# 1081823)

Gaps and limitations While not a limitation, it should be noted that this indicator measures participation in early childhood education in Year 1 students. This has the advantage of removing double accounting (when pre-school children are enrolled in more than one early childhood education provider), but does not measure in detail the level of early childhood education each Year 1 student has received (such as number of early childhood attendance years).

More information Ministry of Education: Education Counts – Participation in early childhood education indicator http://educationcounts.edcentre.govt.nz/indicators/engagement/dsau11.html

Ministry of Social Development Social Report www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/knowledge-skills/participation-early-childhood-education.html

5.2.2.4 #31 – Adult and community education

What does ‘Adult and community education’ mean? This indicator measures the levels of adult and community education (ACE) in the community. ACE happens in a wide range of situations, both formal and informal. ACE does not include education obtained at compulsory education providers or universities and polytechnics, except where provided explicitly as continuing adult or community education.

Why is ‘Adult and community education’ important? ACE is an essential part of New Zealand's education system. It has an important role to play in the government's goal for a prosperous and confident knowledge society as outlined in the Tertiary Education Strategy 2002/07.

Page 95: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc #1093619 Page 87

ResultsNone available. This data will be collected in the future by the Tertiary Education Commission.

Gaps and limitations A single funding framework for ACE was only announced July 2005. A key part of the funding framework is “establishing equity and transparency in funding”. It is likely that any formal collection of participation rates in ACE will result from the need to justify funding more clearly.

A result of the funding framework is the funding model, released April 2006. The funding model bases part of funding on a rate ‘per learner hour’. In order to calculate this rate it is assumed that adult learner numbers will be collated. As this is very recent the data collation to meet these needs has yet to occur. In fact “In 2007 and 2008, to … allow providers sufficient time to adapt to the new learner hour rate … groups that deliver direct education activities will not be required to submit an estimate of the number of learner hours in order to receive funding.” Therefore, monitoring of this indicator might not occur until post 2009.

More information The Ministry of Education potentially has information about school based ACE.

Universities, Polytechnics and Private Training Establishments (PTE) may also be able to provide information directly.

Tertiary Education Commission Adult and Community Education website www.tec.govt.nz/education_and_training/ace/ace.htm

Tertiary Education Commission Adult and Community Education website – funding details www.tec.govt.nz/funding/training/ace/ace_idf.htm

Ministry of Education – Adult and Community Education reforms overview www.minedu.govt.nz/index.cfm?layout=document&documentid=10982&data=l

Statistics New Zealand – Post-compulsory education and training information www.stats.govt.nz/quick-facts/govt-services/post-compulsory-edu-and-train.htm

5.2.2.5 #32 – Work opportunities matching skills

What does ‘Work opportunities matching skills’ mean? This indicator measures the percentage of residents who “strongly agree” or “agree” that they are using their work skills, training and experience in their current jobs.

Why is ‘Work opportunities matching skills’ important? Matching the skills and experience of people in the labour force to what is needed by the labour market is crucial to run an efficient economy and make best use of available resources. Education and training are increasingly costly and this investment needs to be recovered by people using their skills and experience in their jobs.

Page 96: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 88 Doc #1084090

Results

Table 57: Respondents in paid employment who are using work skills, training and experience in their current jobs – Hamilton City 2004

Percentage of respondents using work skills, training and

experience in current jobs

Strongly

agree

Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly

disagree

Total 50.4 33.7 3.7 6.3 5.9

Gender

Male 52.6 30.5 2.2 6.3 8.4

Female 47.8 37.3 5.5 6.3 3.0

Age

15-24 28.3 43.7 4.7 9.8 13.4

25-49 55.7 29.5 3.7 6.3 4.8

50-64 61.2 32.8 3.1 1.4 1.7

65+ 18.2 63.9 - 17.9 -

Ethnicity

NZ

European/New

Zealander

50.8 33.5 3.5 5.5 6.8

Maori 53.1 31.8 4.8 6.9 3.4

Pacific Island 24.2 35.5 8.5 31.8 -

Asian/Indian 72.4 27.6 - - -

Other - 50.0 - - 50.0Source: Quality of Life in New Zealand’s Twelve Largest Cities – Residents’ Survey 2004 – Data Tables for Hamilton City, Gravitas Research and Strategy Limited.

Page 97: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc #1093619 Page 89

Gaps and limitations Survey currently only includes Hamilton City – no data for Waikato Region or other territorial authorities. However, data will be available for the Waikato Region from 2006 onwards. This indicator was not included in the 2002 survey, so there is no historical record.

More information http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf2004/Quality_of_Life_2004_Work.pdf - link to the Work-related issues chapter of the report on the 2004 Quality of Life survey.

5.2.3 Housing outcome (c) Maori enjoy the same quality of health, education, housing, employment and economic outcomes as non-Maori.6(d) We have a choice of healthy and affordable housing that we are happy to live in and that is close to places for work, study and recreation. (e) Maori have the ability to live on ancestral land in quality, affordable housing.7

5.2.3.1 #33 – Rent to income ratio Note, this indicator was originally listed by MARCO as ‘median weekly rent by income.’ The author, in consultation with Beat Huser, decided ‘rent to income ratio’ was a simpler, less cumbersome indicator, which provided the same information in a better form. Refer to metadata document #1068464 for more information.

What does ‘Rent to income ratio’ mean? Rent-to-income ratio is calculated as the ratio of the median annual rent paid in each area to the median annual income for households paying rent in that area. Median annual income is derived from responses to the income related questions in the Census of Population and Dwellings.

Why is ‘Rent to income ratio’ important? The amount of rent paid by households for the dwelling they occupy is a significant component of housing affordability. However, high rents do not, in themselves, compromise affordability. Rents vary greatly according to many factors, including location, dwelling size, sector of landlord and source of income. Rent-to-income ratio is a more sophisticated indicator of how affordable rental properties are across New Zealand. As well as giving an insight into the financial burden of rent payments, this indicator explores the ability of the housing market to provide adequate rental properties for all sections of society, regardless of income.

Affordability is defined in Statistics New Zealand’s Housing Statistics as one of the six dimensions of housing adequacy.

Housing affordability relates to the ability of households to rent or purchase housing in a locality of choice at a reasonable price, the capacity of households to meet ongoing housing costs, and the degree that discretionary income is available to achieve an acceptable standard of living. Affordable housing should leave enough residual income to cover other basic living costs, as well as allowing households to save for irregular but unavoidable costs such as medical and dental care.

6 This outcome is not addressed comprehensively by the indicators included in this report and will be addressed further

by associated Maori indicators being developed in a parallel process. 7 This outcome is not addressed comprehensively by the indicators included in this report and will be addressed further

by associated Maori indicators being developed in a parallel process.

Page 98: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 90 Doc #1084090

Results

Table 58: Rent to Income Ratio (percentage) for households paying rent for the private dwellings they occupy 1991, 1996, 2001 - Waikato Region and territorial authorities

Source: http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/rdonlyres/943E4A90-5CCC-4017-89CF-F79524DF80E6/0/14RentCosts.xls

Gaps and limitations None identified.

More information Weekly rent paid for households in rented private occupied dwellings – Census of Population and Dwellings. Can then be compared to household income using the Table Builder facility on the Statistics NZ website but is not presented as a ratio and involves large amounts of data to present different rent levels for each income band.

Median weekly rent level for 8 major NZ cities, including Hamilton - http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Housing_costs.pdf - available annually from 1998 to 2002 based on Housing NZ data and presented in the Quality of Life Survey.

http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/housing/housing-indicators/default.htm -Housing Indicators home page, refer to link to Indicator 14 for Rental Costs.

5.2.3.2 #34 – Housing affordability

What does ‘Housing affordability’ mean? This indicator provides information on households that spend 25 percent or more, 30 percent or more, and 40 percent or more of their net income on housing costs. Housing costs are those mandatory expenses such as mortgage/rent payments and local authority rates (insurance, utility and other costs are excluded).

Area Year

1991 1996 2001

Waikato Region 19.9 24.3 26.6

Franklin District 18.6 25.5 28.4

Thames-Coromandel District 23.0 28.0 30.6

Hauraki District 19.4 25.5 27.8

Waikato District 18.5 21.1 24.0

Matamata-Piako District 17.2 20.5 21.1

Hamilton City 24.7 30.2 33.0

Waipa District 18.8 23.9 26.0

Otorohanga District 11.0 14.9 18.2

South Waikato District 16.1 22.0 22.5

Waitomo District 13.8 18.0 17.7

Taupo District 21.0 23.7 25.0

Rotorua District 23.4 26.5 28.2

Page 99: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc #1093619 Page 91

Why is ‘Housing affordability’ important? Housing affordability relates to the ability of households to rent or purchase housing in a locality of choice at a reasonable price, the capacity of households to meet ongoing housing costs, and the degree that discretionary income is available to achieve an acceptable standard of living. Affordable housing should leave enough residual income to cover other basic living costs, as well as allowing households to save for irregular but unavoidable costs such as medical and dental care.

ResultsDue to atypical analysis undertaken on the 2001 census data, information is available at the regional level, as presented below. However, it will not be available in the future unless by special request, as survey numbers in the Household Economic Survey are generally too low.

Table 59: Households(1) with housing costs(2) that are at least 25%, 30% or 40% of total net income(3), as a percentage of all households 2000-2001 – Waikato Region and HES Regions

Area(4) Housing Costs(2)

as a Percentage of Total Net Income(3)

25% or more 30% or more 40% or more

Waikato Region 32.0 23.2 11.0

HES Regions(5)

Upper North Island 27.7 21.0 10.5

Auckland 41.4 32.2 22.8

Rest of North Island 31.7 23.9 12.4

South Island 28.7 21.4 12.1

Total, New Zealand 32.7 24.9 14.8

(1) Households living in permanent, private dwellings. Excludes visitor only households.

(2) Includes all rent/mortgage expenses, rates and other mandatory expenses. Excludes insurance, utility and other costs.

(3) Gross income less tax (such as PAYE).

(4) The Household Economic Survey is designed to provide information at a national level. Data is not available at sub-regional level due to large sample errors and/or confidentiality constraints.

(5) HES regions are the combinations of the following regional councils: Upper North Island = Northland, Waikato, Bay of Plenty, Gisborne, Hawkes Bay; Auckland = Auckland Regional Council; Rest of North Island = Taranaki, Manawatu/Wanganui, Wellington; South Island = Tasman, Nelson, Marlborough, West Coast, Canterbury, Otago, Southland.

Source: http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/rdonlyres/E8D02A25-CE0F-4C2A-A885-658785D69B7E/0/13HousingCosts.xls

Gaps and limitations Data is not generally available at territorial authority or regional council level from the HES, because survey numbers are too small. It is only available for HES defined regions. While regional council level data has been produced for 2001, this is atypical

Page 100: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 92 Doc #1084090

and the footnote for this table (13.1) states, 'data from HES is not designed to be broken down to a regional level, so when using this data do so with caution'.

For several reasons, care is required in making comparisons of expenditure with income from the Household Economic Survey, as the method of surveying income and expenditure does not provide for consistency at an individual respondent level. For more information, refer to http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/omni/omni.nsf/outputs/household+economic+survey

More information http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/housing/housing-indicators/indicator-13.htm - Statistics NZ Housing Indicator “Housing Costs”

http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Housing_costs.pdf - Quality of Life Report on Home Mortgage Affordability and Rental Affordability for regions.

Statistics on Housing Affordability http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/affordability-report/default.htm

Home Mortgage Affordability Index – assesses the relative affordability of buying a home at a point in time. The index incorporates national and regional average weekly earnings, regional median dwelling prices and average mortgage interest rates for new borrowers. The affordability of a home mortgage for a particular region is compared against the national average (represented by 100%); therefore a high percentage denotes less home mortgage affordability. Information presented in the Quality of Life Survey. Index is prepared by Massey University Real Estate Analysis Unit – data available quarterly from June 1998 for combined Waikato/Bay of Plenty/Gisborne region but not for Waikato Region alone or city or TA level. See http://property-group.massey.ac.nz/index.php?id=1077Does not include affordability of rental accommodation.

Percentage of weekly income spent on housing costs – Household Economic Survey, Statistics NZ – also presented by income quintiles. Available for Waikato Region for 2001 but not at TA level. Reported in Quality of Life survey at http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Housing_costs.pdf. This regional presentation is atypical and was probably generated in response to a specific request.

5.2.3.3 #35 – Home ownership rate

What does ‘Home ownership rate’ mean? This indicator reports the number of households living in owner occupied private dwellings, as a percentage of all households living in private occupied dwellings (Statistics NZ Housing Indicator 4).

Why is ‘Home ownership rate’ important? Household tenure is an important aspect of housing in New Zealand since it has implications for household security (both physical and financial), as well as for the national economy.

The highest form of tenure security for a household is ownership of the dwelling it occupies. Numerous benefits accompany dwelling ownership, including a degree of financial security and a reduced risk of disruption from frequent changes of dwelling.

Recent US research also indicates that home ownership encourages investment in local amenities and social capital, because ownership gives individuals an incentive to improve their community and creates barriers to mobility (DiPasquale and Glaeser – refer www.law.uchicago.edu/Lawecon/WkngPprs_51-75/54.Glaeser.Home.pdf).

Page 101: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc #1093619 Page 93

Results

Table 60: Households in owner occupied private dwellings as a percentage of households in all private occupied dwellings, 1991, 1996 and 2001 – Waikato Region and territorial authorities

Area Census Year

1991 1996 2001

Waikato Region 71.4 67.9 67.4

Franklin District 74.9 73.6 74.0

Thames-Coromandel District 76.1 72.7 71.4

Hauraki District 73.9 70.8 72.9

Waikato District 70.3 68.3 70.3

Matamata-Piako District 69.9 67.5 71.5

Hamilton City 70.7 65.3 61.1

Waipa District 75.2 72.5 73.3

Otorohanga District 64.2 63.8 69.9

South Waikato District 73.3 68.6 68.8

Waitomo District 66.8 64.9 64.0

Taupo District 67.9 66.0 65.0

Rotorua District 73.6 68.7 66.1 Source: http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/rdonlyres/94E8F5E5-3217-428B-BE39-53443BEC3ECE/0/4HhOOD.xls

Gaps and limitations Ethnic breakdowns by household are available for this indicator but ethnicity is an individual variable. Ethnic responses are grouped at the highest level of the classification and compiled for households with at least one usual resident aged 15 years and over, of European, Mäori, Asian, Pacific Peoples and/or 'Other' ethnicity. A person may specify more than one ethnicity, therefore totals may add to more than the total population that specified an ethnicity. A person (and therefore the household they usually reside in) can only be counted once within an ethnic group but may be counted more than once across the ethnic groups. Questions on ethnicity have changed between the 1991, 1996 and 2001 censuses. It may be possible to calculate this indicator for ethnicity by using ‘households with at least one person of a particular ethnic group’, e.g. Maori, Pacific Islander). To view data on ethnicity for this indicator, refer to http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/rdonlyres/94E8F5E5-3217-428B-BE39-53443BEC3ECE/0/4HhOOD.xls, Tables 4.2 and 4.3.

More information http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/housing/housing-indicators/indicator-4-households-living-owner-occupied-dwellings.htm - - Statistics NZ Housing Indicator “Households Living in Owner Occupied Dwellings”

Page 102: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 94 Doc #1084090

5.2.3.4 #36 – Household crowding (equivalised crowding index)

What does ‘Household crowding’ mean? The Equivalised Crowding Index is used to evaluate the extent of crowding in New Zealand household dwellings by assessing the equivalised number of people per bedroom in a private dwelling.

Why is ‘Household crowding’ important? Freedom from crowding is one of the six dimensions of housing adequacy, as defined in the Statistics New Zealand, Housing Statistics Strategy.

Crowding in dwellings relates to situations where the number of people residing in a household exceeds the ability of the household to provide adequate shelter and services to its members. (However, using this indicator, household crowding relates more to a lack of bedrooms rather than an ability of the household to provide adequate shelter and services to its members.

Crowding in dwellings may arise for a number of reasons including cultural preference, social cohesion and accepting high occupant density as a means of containing cost.

Results

Table 61: Number of bedrooms per household, number of people per bedroom and Equivalised Crowding Index, 1991, 1996, 2001 – Waikato Region and territorial authorities

Area Number of Bedrooms per Household

Number of People per Bedroom

Equivalised Crowding Index(2)

1991 1996 2001 1991 1996 2001 1991 1996 2001

Waikato Region 2.96 3.06 3.14 0.96 0.92 0.86 0.66 0.63 0.60

Franklin District 3.02 3.11 3.20 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.67 0.63 0.60

Thames-Coromandel District

2.75 2.89 2.99 0.89 0.83 0.77 0.59 0.55 0.52

Hauraki District 2.99 3.07 3.13 0.96 0.90 0.83 0.64 0.60 0.57

Waikato District 3.08 3.18 3.26 1.00 0.95 0.89 0.68 0.64 0.61

Matamata-Piako District 3.07 3.17 3.20 0.94 0.87 0.84 0.63 0.58 0.57

Hamilton City 2.85 2.94 3.05 0.97 0.95 0.89 0.69 0.67 0.64

Waipa District 3.03 3.17 3.20 0.95 0.89 0.85 0.65 0.60 0.58

Otorohanga District 3.13 3.24 3.29 0.95 0.91 0.86 0.64 0.60 0.58

South Waikato District 3.08 3.16 3.22 1.01 0.94 0.88 0.68 0.64 0.61

Waitomo District 3.08 3.17 3.22 0.95 0.90 0.86 0.64 0.61 0.59

Taupo District 2.94 3.02 3.11 0.96 0.91 0.85 0.65 0.62 0.58

Rotorua District 2.90 3.04 3.09 1.00 0.94 0.90 0.69 0.65 0.62

Source: http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/rdonlyres/C4F54B17-6568-4302-9666-9A77E70A3F8F/0/2aEquCrowdInd.xls

Gaps and limitations No current survey collects bedroom size, which would provide a better measure of crowding.

Page 103: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc #1093619 Page 95

More information http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/housing/housing-indicators/indicator-2b-cCanadian-national-occupancy-standard.htm - Statistics NZ Housing Indicator 2b – Canadian National Occupancy Standard Note: The Canadian Crowding Index may be more informative. It reports the percentage of people who are affected by crowding.

http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/housing/housing-indicators/indicator-2c-american-crowding-index-people-per-room.htm - Statistics NZ Housing Indicator 2c – American Crowding Index People Per Room.

http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/housing/housing-indicators/indicator-2a-equivalised-crowding-index.htm - Equivalised Crowding Indicator, Statistics NZ Housing Indicators Project

http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/housing/Housing+Statistics+-+Crowding+Analytical+Report.htm – Crowding Report, Statistics NZ Housing Statistics Report 2001

5.2.3.5 #37 – Proximity to work, study and recreationNo data source has been identified for this indicator.

5.2.4 Community safety outcome (f) Our communities and government work together so that we are safe, feel safe and crime is reduced.

5.2.4.1 #38 – Criminal victimisation rates

What do ‘Criminal victimisation rates’ mean? The criminal victimisation rate provides a broad measure of personal safety and wellbeing.

Surveys of criminal victimisation generally provide a more comprehensive picture of victimisation than Police data, as not all offending is reported or recorded.

This indicator uses data collected in the 2001 New Zealand National Survey of Criminal Victims (NZNSCV).

Why are ‘Criminal victimisation rates’ important? Criminal activity has important social community implications. Individual personal safety and well-being are influenced by criminal activity. It is important to see where these criminal victimisation rates are the highest so that social support services for victims can be most appropriately targeted, as well as supporting the development of policy and process that seek to reduce victimisation rates in areas not otherwise reported.

Results

Table 62: Victimisation rates in 2000 per 100 people by sex and by type of personal victimisation – whole of New Zealand

Type of victimisation Women Men

Assaults 5.5 5.8

Sexual assault/interference 0.8 0.1

Page 104: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 96 Doc #1084090

Threats 6.1 4.9

Any violence 8.9 9.1

Other theft 3.2 3

Damage 6.3 5.7

Any individual property 12.2 10.7 Source: From www.justice.govt.nz/pubs/reports/2003/victims-survey/index.html

Table 63: Victimisation rates in 2000 per 100 participants by ethnicity and by type of personal victimisation – whole of New Zealand

Victimisation

NZEuropean/European

M ori Pacific Other

Sexual assault/

interference (women)

0.4 0.6 0.4 0.3

Sexual assault/

interference (men)

0.1 0 0 0

Assault 5.1 13.1 8.2 2.3

Threats 5.1 12.5 5.1 1

Any violence 8.4 19.5 11.3 2.6

Other theft 3.1 3 3.2 4.1

Damage 6.6 5.6 3.3 5.5

Any individual property

11.5 14.7 8.2 11.9

Source: From www.justice.govt.nz/pubs/reports/2003/victims-survey/index.html

Note that because this indicator is only available at the national level, results for the proxy indicator “Recorded offences and resolution rates” is also included below for the Waikato Police District (not aligned with Waikato Region). It is important to emphasise that the indicator below presents quite different information to victimisation rates, so the two should not be compared.

Table 64: Recorded offences and resolution rates for Waikato Police District 2004 and 2005

Location Waikato Police District

Year 2004 2005

Measures Recorded Resolved Recorded Resolved

Offence

Violence 2799 2297 3092 2579

Sexual 242 130 271 143

Drugs & Anti-social

4707 4418 4470 4220

Dishonesty 16746 4131 18590 4348

PropertyDamage

2647 908 2916 956

Property Abuse 1009 747 1112 785

Administrative 933 880 984 942

Total Offences 29083 13511 31435 13973

Page 105: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc #1093619 Page 97

Source: Statistics New Zealand (http://xtabs.stats.govt.nz/eng/TableViewer/Wdsview/dispviewp.asp?ReportName=Crime/Calendar/Waikato/Waikato%20District%20Recorded%20Offences%20for%20the%20latest%2024%20Calendar%20Months) sourced from NZ Police administrative data.

Gaps and limitations The data collected for the 1995 and 2001 NZNSCV has been collated to report national figures. No breakdown is available by region or territorial authority – the sample size of 5300, and distribution of the sample does not lend itself to regional analysis. It is possible that future surveys (including the 2006 survey) may be reported upon by Police districts (as the smallest reporting unit), but it is unlikely that there will be gender and ethnicity breakdowns.

More information Ministry of Social Development: 2005 Social Report – Criminal victimisation

www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/safety/criminal-victimisation.html

The New Zealand National Survey of Crime Victims www.justice.govt.nz/pubs/reports/2003/victims-survey/index.html

Statistics New Zealand – Recorded Crime Tables www.stats.govt.nz/products-and-services/table-builder/crime-tables/default.htm

5.2.4.2 #39 – Perceptions of safety

What does ‘Perceptions of safety’ mean? This indicator measures the percentage of residents who felt ‘very safe’ or ‘safe’ at home, in their neighbourhood, and in the city centre after dark. Also expressed as “sense of freedom from crime”.

Why are ‘Perceptions of safety’ important? Perceptions of safety impact on the health and well-being of the individual, family and the wider community. If people feel unsafe, they are less likely to talk to their neighbours, use public transport, go out in the evening, use public amenities and generally participate in their communities.

Page 106: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 98 Doc #1084090

Results

Table 65: Respondents who feel safe in their homes after dark – Hamilton City 2004

Percentage of respondents who feel safe in their homes after

dark

Very safe Safe Neutral Unsafe Very

unsafe

Total 32.8 54.5 7.2 3.9 1.6

Gender

Male 38.5 52.9 5.2 1.7 1.6

Female 27.8 55.9 9.0 5.7 1.5

Age

15-24 30.8 54.0 6.4 6.3 2.4

25-49 38.2 51.4 6.6 2.5 1.4

50-64 27.1 58.2 9.8 3.0 1.9

65+ 25.2 61.8 7.8 5.2 -

Ethnicity

NZ

European/New

Zealander

31.9 54.7 7.9 4.3 1.2

Maori 41.0 49.8 6.2 3.1 -

Pacific Island 29.0 48.0 - 11.2 11.8

Asian/Indian 24.4 68.7 2.4 - -

Other 50.0 50.0 - - -Source: Quality of Life in New Zealand’s Twelve Largest Cities – Residents’ Survey 2004 – Data Tables for Hamilton City, Gravitas Research and Strategy Limited.

Page 107: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc #1093619 Page 99

Table 66: Respondents who feel safe in their local neighbourhood after dark – Hamilton City 2004

Percentage of respondents who feel safe in their local

neighbourhood after dark

Very safe Safe Neutral Unsafe Very

unsafe

Total 14.9 49.0 15.0 15.7 3.0

Gender

Male 18.0 56.2 12.9 9.3 1.9

Female 12.2 42.6 16.9 21.4 3.9

Age

15-24 11.8 47.2 17.2 22.3 1.4

25-49 17.6 50.9 15.1 12.8 2.9

50-64 15.2 46.8 14.9 17.2 4.9

65+ 10.6 48.3 10.5 12.0 3.8

Ethnicity

NZ

European/New

Zealander

14.2 46.2 15.7 17.3 3.5

Maori 18.2 53.4 14.3 13.2 1.0

Pacific Island - 88.8 - 11.2 -

Asian/Indian 17.2 64.1 9.5 9.2 -

Other 50.0 50.0 - - -Source: Quality of Life in New Zealand’s Twelve Largest Cities – Residents’ Survey 2004 – Data Tables for Hamilton City, Gravitas Research and Strategy Limited.

Page 108: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 100 Doc #1084090

Table 67: Respondents who feel safe in their city centre after dark – Hamilton City 2004

Percentage of respondents who feel safe in their city centre

after dark

Very safe Safe Neutral Unsafe Very

unsafe

Total 2.7 34.3 23.3 25.5 8.3

Gender

Male 3.0 48.0 24.2 15.6 4.4

Female 2.4 22.1 22.5 34.3 11.8

Age

15-24 4.9 44.0 25.3 16.3 9.5

25-49 2.9 38.7 25.0 26.1 6.3

50-64 - 21.7 19.0 37.4 13.5

65+ 1.2 16.4 19.1 25.0 6.4

Ethnicity

NZ

European/New

Zealander

1.3 30.4 24.2 27.4 10.0

Maori 7.3 47.4 22.6 16.6 4.0

Pacific Island 5.2 62.5 4.9 27.3 -

Asian/Indian 8.2 52.6 18.2 16.2 -

Other - 50.0 50.0 - -Source: Quality of Life in New Zealand’s Twelve Largest Cities – Residents’ Survey 2004 – Data Tables for Hamilton City, Gravitas Research and Strategy Limited.

Gaps and limitations Survey currently only includes Hamilton City – no data for Waikato Region or other territorial authorities. However, data will be available for the Waikato Region from 2006 onwards.

Page 109: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc #1093619 Page 101

More information Indicators of City Safety also included in Quality of Life survey – for more

information, refer to 2002 survey results at http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Perceptions_of_safety.pdf. These indicators include perceptions of issues such as rubbish and litter, car damage/theft, vandalism, dangerous driving, traffic risk, and behaviours and appearance. NB. 2004 survey is slightly different and includes perceptions about graffiti, vandalism, theft/damage to cars, dangerous driving, feeling unsafe around some people.

http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Perceptions_of_safety.pdf - 2002 Perceptions of Safety results

http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/surveys.htm# - link to biannual residents’ Quality of Life surveys.

5.2.4.3 #40 – Road traffic injury rates

What do ‘Road traffic injury rates’ mean? This indicator measures the number of injuries annually resulting from road traffic incidents.

Why are ‘Road traffic injury rates’ important? New Zealand is a country reliant on motor vehicles for transport and commerce. In 1951 there was an average of 224 vehicles per 1000 people. By 2000 that figure had risen to 678 vehicles per 1000 people (Statistics New Zealand), together with a significant increase in the overall population. The increasing number of cars on New Zealand roads brings a greater risk of injury from road traffic incidents. City areas are increasingly being designed around motor vehicle transport, increasing the risk of injury to pedestrians and cyclists. Measuring the number of road traffic injuries helps to assess this risk.

Injuries resulting from road traffic crashes can have large costs to individuals and communities. Some the costs that arise from road traffic injuries include:

Loss of quality of life Loss of economic output due to temporary incapacitation Medical costs Legal costs Property damage costs.

Page 110: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 102 Doc #1084090

Results

Table 68: Total number of road traffic crashes resulting in injury and total number of injuries in 2004 and 2005 – Waikato Region and territorial authorities

Fran

klin

Dis

trict

Hau

raki

Dis

trict

Wai

kato

Dis

trict

Mat

amat

a-P

iako

Dis

trict

Ham

ilton

City

Wai

pa D

istri

ct

Oto

roha

nga

Dis

trict

Sou

th W

aika

to D

istri

ct

Wai

tom

o D

istri

ct

Taup

o D

istri

ct

Rot

orua

Dis

trict

Tham

es-C

orom

ande

l Dis

trict

Wai

kato

Reg

ion

2004 No. crashes 186 88 202 86 275 30 29 23 18 100 36 59 1132No. injuries 260 137 281 112 350 65 58 41 41 169 59 85 1658

2005 No. crashes 181 79 186 90 268 35 36 23 19 121 39 84 1161No. injuries 255 127 259 131 319 54 52 48 34 171 79 116 1645

Year Area

Source: Data supplied by Environment Waikato (21 August 2006) as extracted from the Land Transport New Zealand Crash Analyst System Database

Gaps and limitations The law requires that all road traffic accidents that involve a motor vehicle and result in someone being injured be reported. However, not all road traffic injuries are reported to the police. Under-reporting is most evident amongst single vehicle crashes, motorcycle accidents and crashes involving alcohol. Those that are not reported will not be included in the summary of road traffic injuries in the Ministry of Transport annual statistical reports.

More information MARCO indicator – Road traffic crashes and casualties

Quality of Life Big Cities indicator – Road casualties www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Road_casualties.pdf

Ministry of Transport Motor Vehicle Crashes in New Zealand Annual Statistics http://mot.sites.silverstripe.com/motor-vehicle-crashes-in-new-zealand/

Statistics New Zealand – some info on injuries from car crashes www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/monitoring-progress/living-stds-health/health.htm

Ministry of Transport – The Social Cost of Road Crashes and Injuries www.transport.govt.nz/socialcost/

5.2.5 Community participation outcome (g) We can work and participate in the communities where we live, and there are quality work opportunities for people of all ages and skill levels.

5.2.5.1 #41 – Unpaid work

What does ‘Unpaid work’ mean? This indicator presents information on the number of people who performed unpaid work (specified by type of activity) in the four weeks prior to a census, where the work was either:

Page 111: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc #1093619 Page 103

for people living in the same household as the respondent, or for people outside the respondent's household for which the performance of

those activities is not paid.

Why is ‘Unpaid work’ important? Conventional economic statistics, such as the national accounts and employment measures, are largely designed to measure the market economy and exclude (in developed economies at least) most of the non-market productive activities occurring within the household. Yet it is clear that the goods and services resulting from these activities are a source of utility to the members of the household and contribute to their well-being.

Results

Table 69: Unpaid activities (total responses) and gender for census usually resident population aged 15 years and over 2001 – Waikato Region

Unpaid Activities (Total Responses) and Sex Waikato Region

No Activities

Male 16,155

Female 8,397

Total 24,549

Household Work, Cooking, Repairs, Gardening, etc, for Own Household

Male 97,569

Female 115,416

Total 212,982

Looking After a Child Who is a Member of Own Household

Male 33,978

Female 48,429

Total 82,407

Looking After a Member of Own Household Who is Ill or has a Disability

Male 8,055

Female 12,309

Total 20,361

Looking After a Child Who Does Not Live in Own Household

Male 14,100

Female 27,786

Total 41,889

Helping Someone Who is Ill or has a Disability Who Does Not Live in Own Household

Male 7,470

Female 14,139

Total 21,609

Page 112: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 104 Doc #1084090

Unpaid Activities (Total Responses) and Sex Waikato Region

Other Helping or Voluntary Work For or Through any Organisation, Group or Marae

Male 18,912

Female 25,656

Total 44,568

Attending or Studying for 20 Hours or More Per Week at School or Any Other Place

Male 8,694

Female 11,568

Total 20,262

Attending or Studying for Less Than 20 Hours Per Week at School or Any Other Place

Male 6,840

Female 10,626

Total 17,466

Total People

Male 119,853

Female 128,244

Total 248,094Source: http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/rdonlyres/22DA47F2-7A60-4C4B-A6A5-F278B2DE54E0/0/TABLE46.xls (Table 46 in 2001 Census reference report: Work)

Page 113: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

105

Tabl

e 70

: Unp

aid

activ

ities

(Tot

al r

espo

nses

) and

gen

der,

for

the

Cen

sus

usua

lly r

esid

ent p

opul

atio

n ag

ed 1

5 ye

ars

and

over

, 200

1,by

terr

itoria

l aut

horit

y

Unp

aid

Act

ivity

N

o A

ctiv

ities

H

ouse

hold

Wor

k, C

ooki

ng,

Rep

airs

, Gar

deni

ng, e

tc, f

or

Ow

n H

ouse

hold

Look

ing

Afte

r a C

hild

Who

is a

M

embe

r of O

wn

Hou

seho

ld

Look

ing

Afte

r a M

embe

r of

Ow

n H

ouse

hold

Who

is Il

l or

has

a D

isab

ility

Look

ing

Afte

r a C

hild

Who

D

oes

Not

Liv

e in

Ow

n H

ouse

hold

Sex

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Are

a

Fran

klin

Dis

trict

22

62

990

3252

13

704

1589

4 29

598

5067

70

08

1207

5 99

6 14

94

2493

18

48

3726

55

74

Tham

es-

Cor

oman

del D

istri

ct

1188

72

0 19

11

7239

84

24

1566

6 19

74

2850

48

27

555

891

1446

93

0 17

70

2703

Hau

raki

Dis

trict

85

2 48

6 13

38

4440

52

02

9642

15

48

2220

37

68

429

669

1098

63

9 11

97

1836

Wai

kato

Dis

trict

17

70

879

2649

10

509

1217

4 22

683

4029

56

82

9711

10

02

1524

25

26

1593

30

27

4623

Mat

amat

a-P

iako

Dis

trict

1545

75

6 23

01

7839

93

36

1717

8 28

20

3891

67

11

591

918

1509

11

13

2178

32

88

Ham

ilton

City

42

81

2781

70

62

3258

3 39

561

7214

7 10

620

1563

0 26

247

2583

38

79

6459

47

55

9435

14

190

Wai

pa D

istri

ct

1788

10

20

2808

11

157

1329

0 24

450

4113

55

98

9711

89

1 13

95

2289

15

60

3228

47

88

Oto

roha

nga

Dis

trict

80

4 17

1 97

5 23

25

2589

49

14

909

1212

21

24

213

300

513

345

684

1029

Sou

th W

aika

to

Dis

trict

1080

47

1 15

51

5994

68

73

1287

0 23

13

3312

56

25

579

894

1473

99

6 18

96

2892

Wai

tom

o D

istri

ct

528

204

732

2406

28

56

5262

91

8 13

35

2256

20

7 31

5 52

5 38

7 75

3 11

40

Taup

o D

istri

ct

1512

66

6 21

78

8400

97

53

1814

7 28

83

4143

70

23

654

1005

16

62

1152

23

25

3477

Rot

orua

Dis

trict

26

19

1512

41

28

1649

4 20

013

3650

7 62

04

9174

15

378

1413

22

83

3696

26

55

5085

77

40

Sou

rce:

Sta

tistic

s N

Z Ta

ble

Bui

lder

- ht

tp://

xtab

s.st

ats.

govt

.nz/

eng/

Tabl

eVie

wer

/Wds

view

/dis

pvie

wp.

asp?

Rep

ortId

=178

Page 114: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

106

D

oc #

1084

090

Tabl

e 71

: Unp

aid

activ

ities

(Tot

al r

espo

nses

) and

gen

der,

for

the

Cen

sus

usua

lly r

esid

ent p

opul

atio

n ag

ed 1

5 ye

ars

and

over

, 200

1,by

terr

itoria

l aut

horit

y (c

ontin

ued)

Unp

aid

Act

ivity

H

elpi

ng S

omeo

ne W

ho is

Ill

or h

as a

Dis

abili

ty W

ho D

oes

Not

Liv

e in

Ow

n H

ouse

hold

Oth

er H

elpi

ng o

r Vol

unta

ry

Wor

k Fo

r or T

hrou

gh a

ny

Org

anis

atio

n, G

roup

or

Mar

ae

Atte

ndin

g or

Stu

dyin

g fo

r 20

Hou

rs o

r Mor

e Pe

r Wee

k at

Sc

hool

or A

ny O

ther

Pla

ce

Atte

ndin

g or

Stu

dyin

g fo

r Le

ss th

an 2

0 H

ours

Per

W

eek

at S

choo

l or A

ny O

ther

Pl

ace

Tota

l Peo

ple

(Incl

udes

Pe

ople

Sta

ting

One

or M

ore

Unp

aid

Act

ivity

(s) a

nd N

o A

ctiv

ities

. Exc

lude

s Pe

ople

N

ot S

tatin

g a

Res

pons

e)

Sex

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Are

a

Fran

klin

Dis

trict

91

8 17

88

2706

23

19

3234

55

53

981

1242

22

23

804

1359

21

66

1678

5 17

442

3422

7

Tham

es-

Cor

oman

del

Dis

trict

624

1131

17

55

1581

20

55

3636

33

6 50

1 83

7 31

5 54

9 86

4 87

96

9366

18

159

Hau

raki

Dis

trict

37

8 70

2 10

80

948

1269

22

17

318

411

729

231

399

630

5604

58

86

1149

0

Wai

kato

Dis

trict

85

8 15

90

2448

22

08

2928

51

39

909

1176

20

85

654

1074

17

28

1296

9 13

521

2649

0

Mat

amat

a-P

iako

Dis

trict

534

1125

16

56

1575

20

94

3669

54

9 71

7 12

66

423

687

1113

99

30

1040

7 20

337

Ham

ilton

City

24

78

4656

71

37

5358

73

89

1274

7 41

37

5259

93

96

3048

45

09

7557

38

922

4411

8 83

043

Wai

pa D

istri

ct

846

1710

25

56

2115

29

94

5106

90

3 12

36

2136

69

0 12

12

1899

13

587

1476

9 28

359

Oto

roha

nga

Dis

trict

15

3 33

0 48

3 55

5 69

9 12

57

177

213

393

210

201

411

3336

28

41

6180

Sou

th W

aika

to

Dis

trict

498

867

1365

12

30

1674

29

07

411

615

1026

38

4 57

0 95

4 74

49

7602

15

054

Wai

tom

o D

istri

ct

198

354

552

660

831

1491

15

6 26

7 42

3 13

2 26

1 39

6 31

17

3162

62

79

Taup

o D

istri

ct

612

1092

17

04

1845

24

81

4329

50

7 74

1 12

48

501

726

1227

10

386

1077

9 21

165

Rot

orua

Dis

trict

12

66

2412

36

81

3147

43

89

7536

14

70

2136

36

03

1071

16

53

2721

20

142

2232

3 42

465

Sou

rce:

Sta

tistic

s N

Z Ta

ble

Bui

lder

- ht

tp://

xtab

s.st

ats.

govt

.nz/

eng/

Tabl

eVie

wer

/Wds

view

/dis

pvie

wp.

asp?

Rep

ortId

=178

Page 115: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

107

Tabl

e 72

: Unp

aid

activ

ities

(Tot

al re

spon

ses)

and

gen

der f

or M

aori

ethn

ic g

roup

, fo

r the

Cen

sus

usua

lly re

side

nt p

opul

atio

n ag

ed 1

5 ye

ars

and

over

, 200

1, b

y te

rrito

rial a

utho

rity

Unp

aid

Act

ivity

N

o A

ctiv

ities

H

ouse

hold

Wor

k, C

ooki

ng,

Rep

airs

, Gar

deni

ng, e

tc, f

or

Ow

n H

ouse

hold

Look

ing

Afte

r a C

hild

Who

is a

M

embe

r of O

wn

Hou

seho

ld

Look

ing

Afte

r a M

embe

r of

Ow

n H

ouse

hold

Who

is Il

l or

has

a D

isab

ility

Look

ing

Afte

r a C

hild

Who

D

oes

Not

Liv

e in

Ow

n H

ouse

hold

Sex

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Are

a

Fran

klin

Dis

trict

31

2 14

4 45

616

4120

4936

9377

412

2419

9820

735

756

435

468

7 10

38

Tham

es-

Cor

oman

del D

istri

ct

144

75

222

828

972

1800

363

549

909

105

156

261

183

306

486

Hau

raki

Dis

trict

14

4 60

20

760

078

913

8929

145

073

899

186

285

129

276

408

Wai

kato

Dis

trict

35

1 21

9 57

321

3327

0948

4510

2917

1927

4531

256

487

652

589

1 14

16

Mat

amat

a-P

iako

Dis

trict

144

78

222

765

978

1746

348

591

939

102

183

282

168

345

513

Ham

ilton

City

71

7 38

7 11

0448

3061

9511

025

2169

3564

5733

618

1044

1662

1164

2214

33

81

Wai

pa D

istri

ct

213

129

342

1275

1599

2874

621

948

1569

168

291

462

273

582

855

Oto

roha

nga

Dis

trict

27

3 48

31

854

656

111

0725

533

058

596

129

222

117

210

330

Sou

th W

aika

to

Dis

trict

264

129

393

1377

1791

3174

705

1149

1848

186

342

525

324

633

960

Wai

tom

o D

istri

ct

165

75

240

735

999

1731

342

567

909

102

156

258

177

330

504

Taup

o D

istri

ct

423

180

600

1842

2322

4164

822

1404

2226

219

393

609

399

768

1164

Rot

orua

Dis

trict

80

1 45

9 12

6046

7760

4810

725

2274

3657

5928

591

987

1578

1116

2064

31

77

Sou

rce:

Sta

tistic

s N

Z Ta

ble

Bui

lder

- ht

tp://

xtab

s.st

ats.

govt

.nz/

eng/

Tabl

eVie

wer

/Wds

view

/dis

pvie

wp.

asp?

Rep

ortId

=158

– M

aori

ethn

ic g

roup

onl

y

Page 116: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

108

D

oc #

1084

090

Tabl

e 73

: Unp

aid

activ

ities

(Tot

al r

espo

nses

) and

gen

der

for

Mao

ri et

hnic

gro

up, f

or th

e C

ensu

s us

ually

res

iden

t pop

ulat

ion

aged

15

year

s an

d ov

er, 2

001,

by

terr

itoria

l aut

horit

y (c

ontin

ued)

Unp

aid

Act

ivity

H

elpi

ng S

omeo

ne W

ho is

Ill

or h

as a

Dis

abili

ty W

ho D

oes

Not

Liv

e in

Ow

n H

ouse

hold

Oth

er H

elpi

ng o

r Vol

unta

ry

Wor

k Fo

r or T

hrou

gh a

ny

Org

anis

atio

n, G

roup

or

Mar

ae

Atte

ndin

g or

Stu

dyin

g fo

r 20

Hou

rs o

r Mor

e Pe

r Wee

k at

Sc

hool

or A

ny O

ther

Pla

ce

Atte

ndin

g or

Stu

dyin

g fo

r Le

ss th

an 2

0 H

ours

Per

W

eek

at S

choo

l or A

ny O

ther

Pl

ace

Tota

l Peo

ple

(Incl

udes

Pe

ople

Sta

ting

One

or M

ore

Unp

aid

Act

ivity

(s) a

nd N

o A

ctiv

ities

. Exc

lude

s Pe

ople

N

ot S

tatin

g a

Res

pons

e)

Sex

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Mal

e Fe

mal

e To

tal

Are

a

Fran

klin

Dis

trict

16

831

5 48

339

957

997

814

724

339

012

618

030

620

9723

10

4404

Tham

es-

Cor

oman

del

Dis

trict

9016

8 25

819

527

947

469

126

195

5790

147

1014

1092

21

06

Hau

raki

Dis

trict

78

159

237

156

246

399

7512

620

148

7212

080

190

6 17

07

Wai

kato

Dis

trict

25

544

4 69

971

492

416

4125

840

566

617

728

846

226

7031

08

5778

Mat

amat

a-P

iako

Dis

trict

7516

5 24

020

428

548

969

123

192

6090

150

978

1104

20

82

Ham

ilton

City

54

091

5 14

5511

9416

2328

1484

913

1721

6351

081

613

2659

3169

27

1285

8

Wai

pa D

istri

ct

141

264

405

345

534

879

195

288

480

105

180

282

1575

1815

33

90

Oto

roha

nga

Dis

trict

57

114

171

189

201

390

5472

123

7563

138

885

633

1518

Sou

th W

aika

to

Dis

trict

138

279

417

294

486

780

144

228

372

9617

427

017

3720

04

3741

Wai

tom

o D

istri

ct

8115

9 24

025

832

157

954

141

195

5199

150

957

1131

20

88

Taup

o D

istri

ct

198

324

519

513

732

1245

171

300

471

144

240

387

2403

2622

50

22

Rot

orua

Dis

trict

45

988

5 13

4411

7915

5427

3363

398

116

1439

960

310

0258

6868

16

1268

4

Sou

rce:

Sta

tistic

s N

Z Ta

ble

Bui

lder

- ht

tp://

xtab

s.st

ats.

govt

.nz/

eng/

Tabl

eVie

wer

/Wds

view

/dis

pvie

wp.

asp?

Rep

ortId

=158

– M

aori

ethn

ic g

roup

onl

y

Page 117: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 109

Gaps and limitations Census does not provide as comprehensive information on unpaid activities as the one-off Time Use Survey but should be detailed enough for MARCO’s needs at this point. Note: a further time use survey is intended to be carried out in 2008-9.

Due to many changes in the collection of this variable, time series work would need to be carried out very carefully. Excerpt from metadata Changes Over Time:

"The most significant change in concepts and definitions for the unpaid work variable occurred between the 1991 and 1996 censuses. In both 1986 and 1991, only voluntary unpaid work was used in output. (Voluntary work being work done that will benefit persons outside the household or family.) However, in the 1996 and 2001 censuses, unpaid work done both within and outside the respondent's household were output as unpaid activities (though the distinction can be made between both types of unpaid activities)."

More information http://www.stats.govt.nz/census/2001-census-statistics/2001-work/default

- NZ Census reference report on work 2001 (including unpaid work statistics)

http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/rdonlyres/8AD45C07-9A77-4C42-AE41-57BBE95CC2B1/0/aroundtheclock.pdf - PDF of “Around the Clock – Findings from NZ Time Use Survey (1998-99)”.

The NZ Time Use Survey took place between July 1998 and June 1999 with a sample of about 8,500 people aged 12 and over. The survey included a household questionnaire which collected basic information about the household, a personal questionnaire which obtained detailed information on the respondent, and a diary in which people were asked to record their activities over a 48-hour period in 5 minute blocks. Interviewers then asked questions to elicit further information about the activities recorded in the diaries. These activities were coded into a three-level classification containing 11 activity groups, subclassified into 67 activities and further into 88 detailed activities. Responses were weighted to represent the total population and adjusted for probability of selection and non-response.

Unpaid work activities identified by the survey are classified into four categories including household work, caregiving for household members, purchasing goods or services for one's own household, and unpaid work for people outside the home. The latter includes formal unpaid work that is carried out through an organisation or group (such as voluntary work) and informal unpaid work which is carried out independently for people outside the respondent's own household (for instance, helping relations or friends).

This survey provides a detailed national baseline about time spent on unpaid work, broken down by activity type, gender, age and ethnicity but does not provide information at the regional or territorial authority level.

5.2.6 Sport and leisure outcome (h) We can participate in recreation and leisure activities that meet our diverse needs and we have the opportunity to enjoy the Waikato region’s natural places and open spaces in responsible ways.

Page 118: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 110 Doc #1084090

5.2.6.1 #42 – Participation in sport and active leisure

What does ‘Participation in sport and active leisure’ mean? The proportion of young people aged 5–17 years and adults aged 18 years and over engaging in at least 2.5 hours of sport and/or leisure-time physical activity in the preceding seven days.

Being "physically active" means being either "relatively active" or "highly active". "Relatively active" means the respondent took part in at least 2.5 hours but less than five hours of sport or leisure-time physical activity in the seven days before the interview. "Highly active" means the respondent took part in five hours or more of sport or leisure-time physical activity in the seven days before the interview.

Why is ‘Participation in sport and active leisure’ important? Participation in sport and active leisure is a source of enjoyment and entertainment. It can contribute to personal growth and development and is a good way to meet new people. It also has positive benefits for physical fitness and mental well-being.

ResultsWaikato young people

Since 1997, the proportion of young people in the Waikato area who participate in sport or active leisure has increased (although not significantly) from 92% to 95% in 2001, with small increases for both boys and girls over this time, and for both teenagers and pre-teenage young people.

However, participation in sports and activities during school hours has declined significantly overall, from 75% in 1997 to 60% in 2001, particularly among girls in the Waikato area, from 68% in 1997 to 47% in 2001, while boys have experienced a smaller drop from 82% to 73% over the same period.

There has also been a significant drop in the participation in sports/activities during school hours by teenage young people (aged 13-17 years) between 1997 and 2001, from 77% to 49%, and a smaller drop among pre-teenagers from 74% to 65%.

Participation at school outside school hours has been through a swing from 15% in 1997, to 25% in 1999 and down significantly again to 12% in 2001.

Conversely participation with a club declined between 1997 and 1999 (from 26% to 18%) but has increased significantly to 35% by 2001.

On the other hand, participation with family and friends has increased from 59% to 77%, and is significant for boys (from 53% to 78%) and under 13 year olds, from 59% to 79%, with teenagers (13-17 year olds) also increasing (from 60% to 73%).

Waikato adults Participation in sporting activities has remained fairly constant over time among

adults in the Waikato region overall, with no significant changes able to be determined for either gender or among age groups.

The most observable trend is among 18-24 year olds, where the participation in at least one sporting activity has increased from 92% in 1997 to 100% in 2001; older adults (aged 50 years or over) also increased their participation in sports activities, from 65% to 72% over this time.

Source: http://www.sparc.org.nz/filedownload?id=dc026fa8-05c3-462d-a177-f1f9f5b9a5ec

Gaps and limitations Data not available at territorial authority level.

Page 119: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 111

Survey results are analysed so that they are representative of all people living in New Zealand. The Sport and Physical Activity Survey is a sample survey, and so the results are estimates that lie within a range, which is the margin of error, or sampling error. The primary method for gathering information on the activity levels of young people was to ask parents to report on the activity level of their children (although if present children could be involved). There are some limitations to this approach as it relies on parent’s knowledge of their children’s involvement in sport and active leisure. It should be noted however that this limitation is consistent across all three surveys so there is comparability in the results.

More information Quality of Life Survey 2006 may include two questions about participation in

physical activity, which will be comparable with SPARC survey questions.

http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/leisure-recreation/participation-sport-active-leisure.html - Social Report page on indicator, national results.

http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/r-councils/leisure.html - Social Report page on indicator, regional results.

http://www.sparc.org.nz/research-policy/research/sparc-facts-97-01/trends-in-participation - SPARC page on trends in participation in sport and leisure activities

http://www.sparc.org.nz/research-policy/participation-in-sport - SPARC page with links to regional summaries of type of activities people participated in for 2001 survey

5.2.7 Family and community cohesion outcome (i) Families are strong and our communities are supportive of them.

5.2.7.1 #43 – Participation in social networks and groups

What does ‘Participation in social networks and groups’ mean? This indicator measures respondents participation in social groups and networks, in particular whether the social group or network that matters to them most is made up of people who live in the same area or people who have the same interest, culture or beliefs. Note that the 2006 survey asks for a specific description of the type of social groups or networks that the respondent belongs to and about the nature of the group but doesn’t ask which one matters the most.

Why is ‘Participation in social networks and groups’ important? Being part of a social group or network generally has positive outcomes for the individual and society. The presence of formal and informal relationships between people facilitates participation in society, encourages a sense of belonging, and enables stable communities.

Page 120: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

112

D

oc #

1084

090

Res

ults

Tabl

e 74

: Gro

ups

or s

ocia

l net

wor

ks th

at m

atte

r the

mos

t to

resp

onde

nts

– H

amilt

on C

ity 2

004

Gro

up o

r soc

ial n

etw

ork

that

mat

ters

the

mos

t to

resp

onde

nts

Mos

tly m

ade

up o

f peo

ple

from

loca

l

neig

hbou

rhoo

d

Mos

tly m

ade

up o

f peo

ple

with

sam

e

inte

rest

s,

cultu

re o

r

belie

fs

No

part

icul

ar

grou

ps o

r

netw

orks

that

feel

par

t of

Oth

er

Don

’t kn

ow

Com

bina

tion

of

peop

le in

loca

l are

a

and

with

sam

e

inte

rest

s, c

ultu

re o

r

belie

fs

Smal

l net

wor

k of

mai

nly

fam

ily a

nd

frie

nds

(wor

k)

Peop

le fr

om w

ork

or

scho

ol w

ho d

on’t

nece

ssar

ily li

ve in

loca

l are

a

Tota

l 13

.9

60.4

20

.9

0.2

2.1

1.9

0.5

0.2

Gen

der

Mal

e 11

.0

56.7

26

.1

- 3.

1 2.

3 0.

8 -

Fem

ale

16.4

63

.8

16.2

0.

3 1.

2 1.

5 0.

3 0.

2

Age

15-2

4 7.

6 66

.0

18.1

-

4.1

4.3

- -

25-4

9 16

.3

59.2

21

.4

- 1.

2 1.

1 0.

4 0.

3

50-6

4 13

.0

60.7

22

.9

- 1.

2 1.

0 1.

1 -

Page 121: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

113

Gro

up o

r soc

ial n

etw

ork

that

mat

ters

the

mos

t to

resp

onde

nts

Mos

tly m

ade

up o

f peo

ple

from

loca

l

neig

hbou

rhoo

d

Mos

tly m

ade

up o

f peo

ple

with

sam

e

inte

rest

s,

cultu

re o

r

belie

fs

No

part

icul

ar

grou

ps o

r

netw

orks

that

feel

par

t of

Oth

er

Don

’t kn

ow

Com

bina

tion

of

peop

le in

loca

l are

a

and

with

sam

e

inte

rest

s, c

ultu

re o

r

belie

fs

Smal

l net

wor

k of

mai

nly

fam

ily a

nd

frie

nds

(wor

k)

Peop

le fr

om w

ork

or

scho

ol w

ho d

on’t

nece

ssar

ily li

ve in

loca

l are

a

65+

18.3

53

.9

21.4

1.

3 2.

6 1.

3 1.

3 -

Ethn

icity

NZ

Euro

pean

/New

Zeal

ande

r

13.1

60

.8

21.2

0.

2 2.

0 1.

8 0.

7 0.

2

Mao

ri 16

.8

53.3

25

.6

- 1.

3 3.

0 -

-

Pac

ific

Isla

nd

17.4

82

.6

- -

- -

- -

Asi

an/In

dian

13

.6

55.8

23

.4

- 4.

7 2.

5 -

-

Oth

er

- 10

0.0

- -

- -

- -

Sou

rce:

Qua

lity

of L

ife in

New

Zea

land

’s T

wel

ve L

arge

st C

ities

– R

esid

ents

’ Sur

vey

2004

– D

ata

Tabl

es fo

r Ham

ilton

City

, Gra

vita

s R

esea

rch

and

Stra

tegy

Li

mite

d.

Page 122: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 114 Doc #1084090

Gaps and limitations Survey currently only includes Hamilton City – no data for Waikato Region or other territorial authorities. However, the Waikato Region will be included in the 2006 survey.

More information http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Community_strength.pdf - Quality of Life indicator Community Strength page, including results for indicator “social groups and networks that matter the most to respondents.”

5.2.7.2 #44 – Contact between young people and their parents

What does ‘Contact between young people and their parents’ mean? The proportion of secondary school students (aged 12–18 years) reporting that most weeks they spent enough time with their parents.

Why is ‘Contact between young people and their parents’ important? Healthy relationships are built through both the quantity and quality of time spent together. Young people having enough time with their parents is a proxy indicator of the extent to which those in need of care and nurturing receive appropriate support.

Results

Figure 13: Proportion of female secondary school students (aged 12–18 years) reporting that most weeks they spent enough time with their parents (Reference period 2001)

Waikato = 60.1%

Source: www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/r-councils/contact.html (from Adolescent Health Research Group, New Zealand Youth: A Profile of their Health and Wellbeing: Regional Reports University of Auckland, Auckland, June 2003.

Page 123: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 115

Figure 14: Proportion of male secondary school students (age 12-18 years) reporting that most weeks they spent enough time with their parents (Reference period 2001)

Waikato = 64%

Source: www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/r-councils/contact.html (from Adolescent Health Research Group, New Zealand Youth: A Profile of their Health and Wellbeing: Regional Reports University of Auckland, Auckland, June 2003.)

Gaps and limitations Estimates from sample surveys are subject to error. The achieved sample size for the Youth2000 survey was 9,699 students, 4 percent of the total 2001 New Zealand secondary school roll.

No ethnic breakdown provided.

Not available at territorial authority level. However, when survey is repeated in 2007, options for dissemination of information at the regional level are being investigated.

More information http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/r-councils/contact.html - Social Report page reporting on indicator at regional level

http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/social-connectedness/contact-young-people-parents.html - Social Report page reporting on indicator at national level.

http://www.youth2000.ac.nz/pdf/Waikato.pdf - report on Waikato findings from Youth2000 survey. Refer to results for “Home and Family.”

5.2.8 Youth and older people outcome (j) Older people are valued and children are valued and protected. Young people have work, education and leisure opportunities and are included in making decisions that will affect their future.

Page 124: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 116 Doc #1084090

5.2.8.1 #45 – Youth and older people’s engagement in decision-makingNo data source identified for this indicator.

5.3 Sustainable Economy Theme The Waikato region balances a thriving economy with looking after its people, places and environment.

5.3.1 Sustainable Development Outcome (a) Our region has economic growth and development that is well-planned and balanced with environmental, cultural and social needs and values.

5.3.1.1 #46 – Genuine Progress Indicator (or Ecological footprint)

What does the ‘Genuine Progress Indicator’ mean? This indicator measures the Genuine Progress (GPI) of areas. It is similar to the concept of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) as a means of measuring economic progress, but takes into account the “true” cost of economic progress by measuring things such as environmental and social costs. The difference between GDP and GPI is analogous to the difference between Gross Profit and Net profit of a company – in the long term the Net Profit determines the overall success of a company.

Why is the ‘Genuine Progress Indicator’ important? The GPI is an attempt to measure whether or not an area's growth, increased production of goods, and expanding services have actually resulted in the improvement of the welfare (or well-being) of the people in the area. GPI also reflects sustainability: whether a country's economic activity over a year has left the country with a better or worse future possibility of repeating at least the same level of economic activity in the long run.

We measure GPI to monitor the long term ‘health’ of an area by balancing the benefit of economic growth development with social and environmental costs and benefits associated with that growth.

ResultsA GPI for New Zealand has not yet been completed.

In the interim, results are included below for the proxy indicator “Ecological footprint.” The ‘ecological footprint’ measures how much productive land it takes to support the lifestyle of an individual, a city, region or country in today’s economy. This is calculated as the land use types (built up areas, crop and pastoral land, managed forest land and “energy” land (used to absorb carbon from burning of fossil fuels)) required for production and consumption of goods and services (food, housing, transport, consumer goods and services). Ecological footprints are usually expressed in hectares, or hectares per capita (per person), for a given year. The larger the ecological footprint, the more resources are needed to sustain an individual's or population’s current lifestyle.

Based on data from 1996-1999: The ecological footprint of an average Waikato person is 8.9 ha. The ecological footprint of an average New Zealander (9.6 ha) is seven percent

larger than that of an average Waikato person.

Page 125: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 117

Compared to most other countries, New Zealanders have a large ecological footprint - 5-10 times larger than people living in India or China, and larger than Japanese and Europeans.

New Zealand’s ecological footprint is in the top 10 (including the United States of America and Australia) out of 150 nations surveyed in the ‘Living Planet Report 2000’.

Source:http://www.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/community/sustainability/ecofoot/keypoints.htm

Gaps and limitations A GPI for New Zealand has not yet been completed – it is currently being undertaken by the NZCEE. It is not known whether this will include measuring GPI of Regions and Territorial Authorities.

Environment Waikato has measured Ecological Footprint (EF) in the Waikato Region. Whilst an EF indicator is not directly comparable to GPI it is based upon similar philosophies of measuring economic growth against social and environmental costs. This indicator can be used as a proxy for the Waikato Region until the national GPI report is released. Seewww.ew.govt.nz/enviroinfo/indicators/community/sustainability/ecofoot/keypoints.htm

More information Wikipedia description of Genuine Progress Indicators

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Genuine_Progress_Indicator

Constructing a Genuine Progress Indicator (GPI) for New Zealand (participation of Parliamentary Commissioner for the Environment) www.pce.govt.nz/projects/2004167.shtml

New Zealand Centre for Environmental Economics (NZCEE) based at Massey University http://www.nzcee.org.nz/

5.3.2 Economic Prosperity Outcome (b) Our regional and local economies are robust and diverse, providing opportunities throughout the Waikato region. (e) The growth, wealth and uniqueness of the Maori economy is acknowledged and supported.8

5.3.2.1 #47 – Regional Gross Domestic Product (GDP)

What does ‘Regional GDP’ mean? Gross Domestic Product (GDP) is an internationally accepted measure of economic activity. When presented on a regional basis, it provides an indication of the size and structure of a regional economy and measures the changes taking place within it.

The Statistics NZ Regional GDP Feasibility Study is looking at generating an experimental measure of real annual regional GDP and its components, by industry for a limited time-period using the production based method.

8 This outcome is not addressed by the indicators included in this report but will be addressed further by associated

Maori indicators being developed in a parallel process.

Page 126: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 118 Doc #1084090

Why is ‘Regional GDP’ important? Economic statistics such as GDP provide a basis for monitoring and evaluating economic growth, and for making economic decisions. If the compilation of regional GDP proves feasible, this will provide another tool to help understand the economic structures of regions and the factors influencing regional economic growth. Improved regional economic data will support Government’s ability to identify and address region-specific issues more efficiently.

ResultsNone available yet – indicator under development.

Gaps and limitations Indicator not yet developed – Feasibility Study (due to be released in December 2006) will make recommendations about feasibility of implementing regional GDP on an ongoing basis.

More information Regional GDP Estimates from NZIER study for Ministry of Economic Development 2004 – refer to article below: http://www.nzier.org.nz/SITE_Default/SITE_Publications/x-files/11195.pdfThese estimates were generated as part of a study by NZIER by combining Statistics New Zealand data with other data selected from an earlier wide-ranging review of regional data sources. Nominal and real (net of inflation) GDP was estimated for each region according to industrial structure – essentially, allocating national GDP for each of 12 industry groups across regions according to how much employment in each region is in each of these industries. The GDP estimate for each region is therefore driven by the types of industries located in that region and how well these industries have performed nationally.A key limitation of this approach (and similar studies by BERL and Infometrics) is that it implicitly assumes constant labour productivity within each industry, which precludes the ability to draw comparisons between the performance of the same industry in different regions. SNZ’s regional GDP series allows for labour productivity variation.

Regional Economic Activity information from National Bank at www.nationalbank.co.nz/economics/regionalThe composite indices of regional economic activity are generated by calculating the average of 23 indicators, indicative of the underlying trends in economic performance, to provide a simple estimate of movements in regional economic activity across the regions. The 23 indicators include: business confidence; consumer confidence; retail sales; new motor vehicle registrations; regional exports; registered unemployment; building permits approved; real estate turnover; household labour force data; job ads; and accommodation survey data. All quarterly rates of change are calculated on seasonally and inflation adjusted data. Regional performance may be misrepresented due to its reliance on quarterly indicators and mis-weighting of industry indicators.

Regional Economic Indicator (REI) - a quarterly experimental series that integrates GST data with the Statistics New Zealand Business Frame to create a series that estimates economic activity at a regional level. SNZ considers the merits of the Regional Economic Indicator (REI) and other GST indicators as a proxy for regional GDP. The REI series is based on GST data. SNZ found both of these to be unsatisfactory due to various quality issues. One example of this is that exporting industries tend to be understated in both sources. This is thought to be due to the under-recording of zero-rated sales in GST data. Although in principle these sales are supposed to be recorded in the IRD data, in practice this is not

Page 127: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 119

always the case. It is not a big issue for the IRD as long as sales liable for GST are recorded correctly.

http://www.stats.govt.nz/statistics-by-area/regional-statistics/regional-gdp-feasibility-project.htm - About the Regional GDP Feasibility Study

http://www.stats.govt.nz/statistics-by-area/regional-statistics/regional-gdp-frequently-asked-questions.htm - FAQs on the Regional GDP Feasibility Study.

5.3.2.2 #48 – Unemployment rate

What does the ‘Unemployment rate’ mean? The number of unemployed persons expressed as a percentage of the labour force.

Why is the ‘Unemployment rate’ important? Paid employment is a major factor determining personal income, which in turn determines the ability of households to purchase goods and services. It also affects health, housing, education and crime outcomes. People often define themselves by employment status and thus employment is also related to the ability of people to participate and have a sense of belonging in their community.

ResultsData is provided from both the Household Labour Force Survey at regional level and from the Census at the territorial authority level. Both sources are used here as they cover different geographic units at different time series.

Table 75: Total people employed, unemployed and unemployment rate for Waikato Region – March 2004 to March 2006

Labour force (000)

Time period (Quarter)

Employed Unemployed Total

Unemployment rate

%

2004 Mar 171.6 7.0 178.6 3.9

Jun 168.9 5.2 174.2 3.0

Sep 170.1 4.9 175.1 2.8

Dec 171.6 5.4 177.1 3.1

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

2005 Mar 168.0 7.3 175.4 4.2

Jun 160.4 7.8 168.2 4.7

Sep 177.0 6.9 183.8 3.7

Dec 181.7 7.5 189.2 4.0

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

2006 Mar 178.6 8.1 186.6 4.3

Source: Fromhttp://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/pasfull/pasfull.nsf/0/4c2567ef00247c6acc25716a0011ebea/$FILE/ATT124FK/alltab.xls(Household Labour Force Survey latest release on unemployment)

Table 76: Unemployment rate for territorial authorities by total population and Maori population, 2001

Territorial Authority Unemployment rate (total population) %

Unemployment rate (Maori) %

Franklin District 5.4 15.6

Page 128: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 120 Doc #1084090

Hamilton City 9.9 21.3

Hauraki District 9 21.1

Matamata-Piako District 5.2 16.8

Otorohanga District 5.5 14.8

Rotorua District 8.9 17.3

South Waikato District 10.3 19.5

Taupo District 7.7 16.2

Thames-CoromandelDistrict

7.3 15.1

Waikato District 8.6 22.8

Waipa District 5.1 14.4

Waitomo District 6.4 14.3 Source: Data extracted from Territorial Authority Census data leaflets listed at link: http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/web/prod_serv.nsf/c51cd880dd03b0f4cc256b1a0010f126/cb0278c971284818cc256b88007fb1b7?OpenDocument

Gaps and limitations Quarterly data only available at the regional level from HLFS. Breakdowns for region by ethnicity are not possible due to the high level of suppression and therefore confidentiality. However, breakdowns for age by region should be available on request, for a fee of $180 or more.

Data at territorial authority level only available every 5 years (Census). Unemployment rate by gender and age would be available on request, probably for a fee but again confidentiality may be an issue.

It is necessary to use a combination of the two data sources to meet the needs of the MARCO team, given the different geographic coverage and monitoring intervals.

More information http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/omni/omni.nsf/bf3c32a862ae07cd4c25656e000031c6/2d47f6ef1430f0c6cc2571140077e7a9?OpenDocument –Information about the Household Labour Force Survey

http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/pasfull/pasfull.nsf/web/Hot+Off+The+Press+Household+Labour+Force+Survey+March+2006+quarter?open – Household Labour Force Survey latest release on unemployment rate

http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/web/prod_serv.nsf/c51cd880dd03b0f4cc256b1a0010f126/cb0278c971284818cc256b88007fb1b7?OpenDocument – link to individual leaflets for all territorial authorities in New Zealand giving an overview of data from 2001 census, including total unemployment rate and unemployment rate for Maori

Other indicators and data sources include the Quarterly Employment Survey and the Labour Cost Index

5.3.2.3 #49 – Median weekly income

What does ‘Median weekly income’ mean? Median weekly income is a measure of the middle point of the distribution of weekly income. For example, if there were 99 people, the median weekly income would be the weekly income of the fiftieth person when people are ranked by weekly income.

Page 129: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 121

Why is ‘Median weekly income’ important? People’s income is an important driver of the local economy. The disposable income, derived from weekly income minus fixed expenses, indicates what spending power people have. What people buy and consume with their income determines the health of the local economy.

Results

Table 77: Median weekly income for the Waikato Region by age group 2005

Age group Average weekly

income

Median weekly

income

Number of people

15-19 154 55 23800

20-24 432 447 20600

25-29 587 595 20600

30-34 626 630 22700

35-39 645 618 21700

40-44 780 635 24700

45-49 785 666 24000

50-54 728 660 17300

55-59 569 575 16800

60-64 628 480 15900

65 plus 373 301 40200Source: Extracted from Statistics New Zealand Income Tables - http://xtabs.stats.govt.nz/eng/TableViewer/Wdsview/dispviewp.asp?ReportName=Incomes/Income%20by%20region%20and%20age%20group

Table 78: Median weekly income for the Waikato Region by gender 2005

Gender Average weekly

income

Median weekly

income

Number of people

Male 708 640 123200

Female 420 337 125000

Page 130: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 122 Doc #1084090

Source: Extracted from Statistics New Zealand Income Tables - http://xtabs.stats.govt.nz/eng/TableViewer/Wdsview/dispviewp.asp?ReportName=Incomes/Income%20by%20region%20and%20sex

Table 79: Median weekly income for the Waikato Region by ethnicity 2005

Ethnicity Average weekly

income

Median weekly

income

Number of people

European/Pakeha 598 484 194800

Maori 431 390 34300

Pacific peoples 377 286 5300

Other ethnic groups 498 429 13800Source: Extracted from Statistics New Zealand Income Tables - http://xtabs.stats.govt.nz/eng/TableViewer/Wdsview/dispviewp.asp?ReportName=Incomes/Income%20by%20region%20and%20ethnic%20group

Gaps and limitations Data are not available at the territorial authority level without lodging a customised request which will incur a cost. Hamilton City is the only territorial authority in the Waikato Region large enough to meet the size criteria for provision of data at this level from this source. There were some forms of income that were not collected in the New Zealand Income Survey as part of the recent income component of the survey. Up until 2002 the largest of these is interest and investment income. It is important to note therefore that the income reported in the tables may not represent the entire income of an individual or a household.

High sampling errors are associated with small estimates - this makes many of the smaller estimates unreliable or unusable.

More information http://www.stats.govt.nz/products-and-services/table-builder/table-builder-incomes.htm - income table builder

http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/omni/omni.nsf/outputs/new+zealand+income+survey – Information about the NZ Income Survey

Quarterly NZ Employment Survey – provides average earnings only, not median, and is not directly comparable with Income Survey data. For more information see http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/omni/omni.nsf/outputs/quarterly+employment+survey

5.3.2.4 #50 – Number of businesses and employees by industry

What does ‘Number of businesses and employees by industry’ mean? This indicator provides information on the number of business enterprises (see definition below), grouped by industry using the Australia and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) for each territorial authority area in the Waikato Region. For a firm that holds more than one business location in a region, this will be a distinct count of one enterprise. Note that farming is excluded from the Agriculture

Page 131: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 123

category within this indicator but is available separately from Statistics New Zealand from 2004 on request.

The indicator also provides information on the employee count (a head-count of all salary and wage earners for the February reference month) for businesses in each industry type for each territorial authority area in the Waikato Region. However, this is for the purpose of estimating business size – it is not an official employment statistic.

Why is ‘Number of businesses and employees by industry’ important? The number of businesses and employees indicates the health of the economy. An increase in new businesses and associated employees reflects a growth in economic activity.

Page 132: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 124 Doc #1084090

Results

Table 80: Number of business enterprises, geographic units and employee counts by ANZSIC industry type – Waikato Region 2005

Business/Employ Enterprises Geographic Units

Employee Count

ANZSIC

Total Industry 30664 32795 142870

A Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing* 1724 1806 4050

B Mining 55 91 860

C Manufacturing 2078 2166 23060

D Electricity, Gas and Water Supply 27 61 900

E Construction 3988 4044 10850

F Wholesale Trade 1328 1507 7220

G Retail Trade 3626 3996 19990

H Accommodation, Cafes and Restaurants 1182 1260 9760

I Transport and Storage 1045 1111 4800

J Communication Services 292 316 2030

K Finance and Insurance 649 785 2620

L Property and Business Services 10521 10702 16270

M Government Administration and Defence 43 204 4080

N Education 675 855 11810

O Health and Community Services 1280 1516 15260

P Cultural and Recreational Services 998 1067 3940

Q Personal and Other Services 1153 1308 5330* Excludes farming (see Limitations section below). Source:http://xtabs.stats.govt.nz/eng/TableViewer/Wdsview/dispviewp.asp?ReportName=Business%20Statistics/Detailed%20industry%20by%20area&IF_Language=ENG

Page 133: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

125

Tabl

e 81

: Num

ber

of b

usin

ess

ente

rpris

es, g

eogr

aphi

c un

its a

nd e

mpl

oyee

cou

nts

by A

NZS

IC in

dust

ry ty

pe, b

y te

rrito

rial a

utho

rity

2005

Are

a Fr

ankl

in D

istr

ict

Tham

es-C

orom

ande

l Dis

tric

t H

aura

ki D

istr

ict

Wai

kato

Dis

tric

t

Bus

ines

s/Em

ploy

En

terp

rises

G

eogr

aphi

c U

nits

Empl

oyee

C

ount

Ente

rpris

es

Geo

grap

hic

Uni

tsEm

ploy

ee

Cou

ntEn

terp

rises

G

eogr

aphi

c U

nits

Empl

oyee

C

ount

Ente

rpris

es

Geo

grap

hic

Uni

tsEm

ploy

ee

Cou

nt

AN

ZSIC

Tota

l Ind

ustry

50

13

5135

14

000

2987

31

25

8980

12

43

1307

38

10

2871

29

67

9070

A A

gric

ultu

re,

Fore

stry

and

Fi

shin

g*

254

256

340

206

215

250

109

111

90

258

260

860

B M

inin

g 8

14

120

4 4

15

6 8

85

17

24

380

C M

anuf

actu

ring

385

384

2990

18

2 18

6 14

40

98

99

500

186

187

1270

D E

lect

ricity

, Gas

an

d W

ater

Sup

ply

6 6

140

3 1

3 1

4 9

4 3

240

E C

onst

ruct

ion

865

869

1320

50

3 51

3 72

0 15

6 16

0 39

0 41

0 41

3 81

0

F W

hole

sale

Tr

ade

288

294

1080

71

78

31

0 42

46

14

0 11

4 11

7 27

0

G R

etai

l Tra

de

513

524

2270

39

6 40

8 17

80

172

175

750

246

249

720

H Acc

omm

odat

ion,

Caf

es a

nd

Res

taur

ants

103

110

770

231

237

1090

58

59

24

0 71

75

55

0

I Tra

nspo

rt an

d St

orag

e21

5 22

2 49

0 73

84

49

0 54

54

13

0 10

2 10

6 58

0

J C

omm

unic

atio

n S

ervi

ces

37

37

40

21

23

80

16

17

30

21

23

35

K Fi

nanc

e an

d In

sura

nce

101

106

220

50

57

160

10

14

65

59

64

55

L P

rope

rty a

nd

Bus

ines

s S

ervi

ces

1693

17

08

1160

85

6 87

8 52

0 34

6 35

1 21

0 10

14

1025

11

70

M G

over

nmen

t Ad

min

istra

tion

and

Def

ence

6 8

270

11

18

290

7 13

12

0 7

17

280

Page 134: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

126

D

oc #

1084

090

Are

a Fr

ankl

in D

istr

ict

Tham

es-C

orom

ande

l Dis

tric

t H

aura

ki D

istr

ict

Wai

kato

Dis

tric

t

Bus

ines

s/Em

ploy

En

terp

rises

G

eogr

aphi

c U

nits

Empl

oyee

C

ount

Ente

rpris

es

Geo

grap

hic

Uni

tsEm

ploy

ee

Cou

ntEn

terp

rises

G

eogr

aphi

c U

nits

Empl

oyee

C

ount

Ente

rpris

es

Geo

grap

hic

Uni

tsEm

ploy

ee

Cou

nt

N E

duca

tion

83

103

1060

59

64

50

0 37

43

42

0 76

87

75

0

O H

ealth

and

C

omm

unity

S

ervi

ces

119

130

910

90

107

890

44

53

370

107

121

630

P C

ultu

ral a

nd

Rec

reat

iona

lS

ervi

ces

156

166

320

99

102

190

40

44

100

89

98

230

Q P

erso

nal a

nd

Oth

er S

ervi

ces

181

198

480

132

150

280

47

56

130

90

98

230

* E

xclu

des

farm

ing

(see

Lim

itatio

ns s

ectio

n be

low

) S

ourc

e:ht

tp://

xtab

s.st

ats.

govt

.nz/

eng/

Tabl

eVie

wer

/Wds

view

/dis

pvie

wp.

asp?

Rep

ortN

ame=

Bus

ines

s%20

Sta

tistic

s/D

etai

led%

20in

dust

ry%

20by

%20

area

&IF

_Lan

gua

ge=E

NG

Tabl

e 82

: Num

ber

of b

usin

ess

ente

rpris

es, g

eogr

aphi

c un

its a

nd e

mpl

oyee

cou

nts

by A

NZS

IC in

dust

ry ty

pe, b

y te

rrito

rial a

utho

rity

2005

(con

tinue

d)

Are

a M

atam

ata-

Piak

o D

istr

ict

Ham

ilton

City

W

aipa

Dis

tric

t O

toro

hang

a D

istr

ict

Bus

ines

s/Em

ploy

En

terp

rises

G

eogr

aphi

c U

nits

Empl

oyee

C

ount

Ente

rpris

es

Geo

grap

hic

Uni

tsEm

ploy

ee

Cou

ntEn

terp

rises

G

eogr

aphi

c U

nits

Empl

oyee

C

ount

Ente

rpris

es

Geo

grap

hic

Uni

tsEm

ploy

ee

Cou

nt

AN

ZSIC

Tota

l Ind

ustry

24

82

2602

10

090

1012

2 10

693

6919

0 39

00

4006

12

200

794

812

2330

A A

gric

ultu

re,

Fore

stry

and

Fi

shin

g*

185

186

210

67

67

180

200

201

400

99

101

110

B M

inin

g 9

11

100

3 4

3 4

8 25

3

4 12

C M

anuf

actu

ring

168

175

3360

74

8 74

2 90

40

283

285

1970

30

29

34

0

D E

lect

ricity

, Gas

an

d W

ater

Sup

ply

2 2

18

7 11

32

0 7

11

65

- 1

6

E C

onst

ruct

ion

246

249

800

1271

12

81

4990

50

0 50

1 10

20

69

68

150

F W

hole

sale

Tr

ade

89

98

510

633

691

4410

19

2 20

5 73

0 28

31

65

Page 135: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

127

Are

a M

atam

ata-

Piak

o D

istr

ict

Ham

ilton

City

W

aipa

Dis

tric

t O

toro

hang

a D

istr

ict

Bus

ines

s/Em

ploy

En

terp

rises

G

eogr

aphi

c U

nits

Empl

oyee

C

ount

Ente

rpris

es

Geo

grap

hic

Uni

tsEm

ploy

ee

Cou

ntEn

terp

rises

G

eogr

aphi

c U

nits

Empl

oyee

C

ount

Ente

rpris

es

Geo

grap

hic

Uni

tsEm

ploy

ee

Cou

nt

G R

etai

l Tra

de

277

294

1590

13

89

1539

89

20

387

409

1850

82

81

33

0

H Acc

omm

odat

ion,

Caf

es a

nd

Res

taur

ants

66

68

270

292

328

3810

98

10

1 59

0 20

21

70

I Tra

nspo

rt an

d St

orag

e72

76

39

0 26

1 28

0 12

50

138

139

680

24

24

120

J C

omm

unic

atio

n S

ervi

ces

21

22

35

126

134

1690

28

29

50

7

7 0

K Fi

nanc

e an

d In

sura

nce

48

58

170

303

341

1650

90

97

21

0 15

16

25

L P

rope

rty a

nd

Bus

ines

s S

ervi

ces

967

978

620

3456

35

09

1066

0 14

46

1454

11

90

332

332

190

M G

over

nmen

t Ad

min

istra

tion

and

Def

ence

8 18

17

0 30

63

23

50

6 12

21

0 2

3 25

N E

duca

tion

54

67

620

216

263

5860

77

89

13

50

21

25

180

O H

ealth

and

C

omm

unity

S

ervi

ces

93

103

730

645

718

9710

14

7 16

0 10

40

21

22

140

P C

ultu

ral a

nd

Rec

reat

iona

lS

ervi

ces

100

107

280

258

273

1790

15

0 15

4 50

0 15

16

50

Q P

erso

nal a

nd

Oth

er S

ervi

ces

77

90

230

417

449

2550

14

7 15

1 36

0 26

31

51

0

* E

xclu

des

farm

ing

(see

Lim

itatio

ns s

ectio

n be

low

) S

ourc

e:ht

tp://

xtab

s.st

ats.

govt

.nz/

eng/

Tabl

eVie

wer

/Wds

view

/dis

pvie

wp.

asp?

Rep

ortN

ame=

Bus

ines

s%20

Sta

tistic

s/D

etai

led%

20in

dust

ry%

20by

%20

area

&IF

_Lan

gua

ge=E

NG

Page 136: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

128

D

oc #

1084

090

Tabl

e 83

: Num

ber

of b

usin

ess

ente

rpris

es, g

eogr

aphi

c un

its a

nd e

mpl

oyee

cou

nts

by A

NZS

IC in

dust

ry ty

pe, b

y te

rrito

rial a

utho

rity

2005

(con

tinue

d)

Are

a So

uth

Wai

kato

Dis

tric

t W

aito

mo

Dis

tric

t Ta

upo

Dis

tric

t R

otor

ua D

istr

ict

Bus

ines

s/Em

ploy

En

terp

rises

G

eogr

aphi

c U

nits

Empl

oyee

C

ount

Ente

rpris

es

Geo

grap

hic

Uni

tsEm

ploy

ee

Cou

ntEn

terp

rises

G

eogr

aphi

c U

nits

Empl

oyee

C

ount

Ente

rpris

es

Geo

grap

hic

Uni

tsEm

ploy

ee

Cou

nt

AN

ZSIC

Tota

l Ind

ustry

13

39

1431

77

8085

090

036

80

3189

3334

1275

052

9755

60

2801

0

A A

gric

ultu

re,

Fore

stry

and

Fi

shin

g*

133

142

830

151

158

280

180

204

590

287

310

1280

B M

inin

g 4

5 12

49

65

13

953

3 20

C M

anuf

actu

ring

108

113

2440

2824

880

203

199

1190

372

375

3930

D E

lect

ricity

, Gas

an

d W

ater

Sup

ply

1 5

502

370

11

1912

05

9 80

E C

onst

ruct

ion

117

117

400

5052

240

448

452

1000

572

578

1460

F W

hole

sale

Tr

ade

37

40

130

2430

95

105

112

380

228

254

1360

G R

etai

l Tra

de

201

218

1040

9710

044

0 39

140

923

1069

974

6 38

90

H Acc

omm

odat

ion,

Caf

es a

nd

Res

taur

ants

55

56

370

4141

300

238

244

2180

295

312

3070

I Tra

nspo

rt an

d St

orag

e79

81

28

028

3016

0 15

816

056

023

424

0 10

00

J C

omm

unic

atio

n S

ervi

ces

16

17

209

918

23

2365

5558

23

0

K Fi

nanc

e an

d In

sura

nce

25

29

6518

1945

69

7216

013

113

7 45

0

L P

rope

rty a

nd

Bus

ines

s S

ervi

ces

358

364

400

284

287

200

939

950

990

1571

1588

24

60

M G

over

nmen

t Ad

min

istra

tion

and

Def

ence

8 12

15

07

1410

0 10

3339

020

46

850

N E

duca

tion

46

59

740

3436

360

6073

690

137

166

2396

Page 137: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc

# 1

0936

19

Page

129

Are

a So

uth

Wai

kato

Dis

tric

t W

aito

mo

Dis

tric

t Ta

upo

Dis

tric

t R

otor

ua D

istr

ict

Bus

ines

s/Em

ploy

En

terp

rises

G

eogr

aphi

c U

nits

Empl

oyee

C

ount

Ente

rpris

es

Geo

grap

hic

Uni

tsEm

ploy

ee

Cou

ntEn

terp

rises

G

eogr

aphi

c U

nits

Empl

oyee

C

ount

Ente

rpris

es

Geo

grap

hic

Uni

tsEm

ploy

ee

Cou

nt

O H

ealth

and

C

omm

unity

S

ervi

ces

58

64

540

2430

240

100

110

870

277

297

3200

P C

ultu

ral a

nd

Rec

reat

iona

lS

ervi

ces

32

39

120

2529

140

133

142

460

200

213

1430

Q P

erso

nal a

nd

Oth

er S

ervi

ces

61

70

210

2429

60

120

129

670

211

228

930

* E

xclu

des

farm

ing

(see

Lim

itatio

ns s

ectio

n be

low

) S

ourc

e:ht

tp://

xtab

s.st

ats.

govt

.nz/

eng/

Tabl

eVie

wer

/Wds

view

/dis

pvie

wp.

asp?

Rep

ortN

ame=

Bus

ines

s%20

Sta

tistic

s/D

etai

led%

20in

dust

ry%

20by

%20

area

&IF

_Lan

gua

ge=E

NG

Page 138: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 130 Doc #1084090

Gaps and limitations There are a number of limitations associated with business demography data. These limitations include:

non-coverage of 'small' enterprises that fall below the economic significance criteria (see definition below)

exclusion of enterprises involved in farming (Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) subdivision A01 Agriculture). However, data for the farming industry is available from 2004 on request; it was excluded from this release to allow for comparison of data produced for recent business demography releases (which excluded farming)

lags in recording businesses that have ceased trading or whose activity has dropped below the economic significance threshold

difficulties in maintaining industrial and business classifications for smaller firms (this is primarily maintained using administrative data)

data produced on the entry and exit of firms include administrative changes (such as company restructuring and changes of ownership) as well as genuine business start-ups and closures. When businesses register for GST and are added (or 'birthed') onto the Business Frame, they are given a new reference number. Company restructuring and changes of ownership can result in a new GST registration being filed, even though it relates to an existing business. Births and deaths of businesses can be identified in business demography statistics by matching the GST registration reference numbers for one year with those of the previous year. These counts of births and deaths therefore include administrative as well as genuine business start-ups and closures.

Note that an enterprise is “economically significant” if it meets any one of the following criteria in Business Demography:

Greater than $30,000 annual GST expenses or sales

More than 2 full-time equivalent paid employees

In a GST-exempt industry except residential property leasing and rental

Part of a group of enterprises

New GST registration that is compulsory, special or forced (this means the business is expected to exceed the $30,000 boundary)

Registered for GST and is involved in agriculture or forestry.It must also be trading and located in New Zealand.

With respect to Data Quality, especially at the meshblock level:

All care has been used in surveying, processing, analysing and extracting the data for Business Demographic Statistics. However, all data are subject to possible statistical uncertainty. These variations may result, for example, from uncertainty introduced during non-response imputation, or from reporting difficulties for respondents, or mistakes made during processing survey results. The department adopts procedures to detect and minimise avoidable variation and eliminate mistakes, but they may still occur and they are not quantifiable. At higher levels of aggregations, much of the individual variability often cancels out. The Business Demography data has been checked at an aggregate level by industry, institutional sector and region to identify any remaining detectable errors and uncertainty, and these are corrected or re-estimated, where possible. The statistics which you have

Page 139: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 131

been supplied may be at a finer level of detail than these checking procedures apply to. Accordingly, such statistics are released with a caveat because they are of a lower standard than official statistics the Department releases. This data may be subject to revisions in the future.

More information Statistics New Zealand, in collaboration with Inland Revenue and the Department

of Labour, has been engaged in the development of Linked Employer-Employee Data (LEED) since 2002. The LEED project is an innovative new development aimed at successfully integrating existing employer and employee information to provide new insights into the operation of the labour market and its relationship to business performance. LEED draws on existing administrative data sourced from the taxation system, together with business data from Statistics New Zealand's Business Frame. The LEED data is created by linking a longitudinal employer series from the Business Frame to a longitudinal series of Employer Monthly Schedule payroll data drawn from Inland Revenue. Official release of the LEED data is scheduled for the end of February 2006.

The longitudinal employer series (or longitudinal Business Frame) attempts to identify births and deaths of enterprises due to administrative churn (such as company restructuring and changes of ownership). This allows genuine business start-ups and closures to be identified. A project looking into the feasibility of producing a new range of business population statistics from the longitudinal Business Frame is currently being undertaken by Statistics New Zealand. An experimental series is now expected to be produced in May 2006.

http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/omni/omni.nsf/outputs/Business+Demographic+Statistics – information about the Statistics NZ Business Demographics Statistics and Annual Business Frame Update Survey

http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/business-demog-stats/default.htm

http://xtabs.stats.govt.nz/eng/TableViewer/Wdsview/dispviewp.asp?ReportName=Business%20Statistics/Detailed%20industry%20by%20area&IF_Language=ENG– business table builder showing detail of different industries at TA level, including employee counts

5.3.2.5 #51 – Building consents

What does ‘Building consents’ mean? This indicator provides a monthly measure of the number and value of all building consents issued in a territorial authority area that have a value of $5,000 or higher.

Why are ‘Building consents’ important? The number of building consents issued is seen as a leading indicator of economic activity in an area.

ResultsResults are available free of charge from the Statistics NZ website for Hamilton City and the Franklin, Thames-Coromandel, Waipa and Taupo Districts – these are presented below. Data for the other territorial authorities is available for a fee from INFOS or directly from the territorial authorities themselves.

Page 140: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

132

D

oc #

1084

090

Tabl

e 84

: Num

ber o

f new

dw

ellin

g un

its a

utho

rised

– W

aika

to R

egio

n an

d se

lect

ed te

rrito

rial a

utho

ritie

s –

Apr

il 20

05 -2

006

Mon

th

2005

2006

Apr

M

ay

Jun

Jul

Aug

Se

p O

ct

Nov

D

ec

Jan

Feb

Mar

A

pr

Are

a

Num

ber o

f new

dw

ellin

g un

its a

utho

rised

Wai

kato

Reg

ion

258

239

257

271

293

312

253

267

244

313

221

302

194

Fran

klin

Dis

trict

30

48

22

31

42

52

45

59

50

34

50

54

38

Ham

ilton

City

79

76

94

12

0 10

8 92

11

5 65

78

69

46

74

32

Tham

es-

Cor

oman

del

Dis

trict

68

23

30

26

50

34

35

46

18

40

31

37

28

Wai

pa D

istri

ct

21

32

34

36

31

41

25

34

38

31

36

50

38

Taup

o D

istri

ct

28

23

30

24

13

50

11

37

31

20

22

23

11

Rot

orua

Dis

trict

23

19

32

23

15

36

49

46

32

14

40

33

21

Nor

th Is

land

1,

138

1,36

0 1,

573

1,52

1 1,

645

1,69

4 1,

373

1,57

3 1,

860

1,43

5 1,

669

1,66

3 1,

046

New

Zea

land

1,

617

1,

977

2,12

9 2,

005

2,30

1 2,

283

1,90

1

2,29

5

2,44

5 1,

900

2,

254

2,29

9 1,

558

Sou

rce:

Sta

tistic

s N

Z H

ot O

ff th

e P

ress

http

://w

ww

.sta

ts.g

ovt.n

z/N

R/rd

only

res/

9EE

4435

1-9E

CF-

41B

4-85

C0-

9A8A

DE

526D

9F/1

4556

/bci

apr0

6allt

able

s.xl

s

Page 141: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 133

Gaps and limitations Data is only available free of charge for selected territorial authorities (Hamilton City and the Franklin, Thames-Coromandel, Waipa and Taupo Districts, in the case of the Waikato Region) but is available for the other territorial authorities on INFOS (Information Network For Official Statistics at http://www.stats.govt.nz/products-and-services/infos/default.htm – a fee is payable) and from the Information Consultancy Services division of Statistics New Zealand.

From September 1989, consents below $5,000 are excluded. Under the building regulations effective from 1 January 1993, building authorisations are applied for under the building consents system administered by territorial authorities. Prior to this date, applications were made under the building permits system. The building consents system has wider coverage than the building permits system. The additional coverage includes some government building (particularly work on education buildings), and on-site drainage and reticulation work.

More information http://www.stats.govt.nz/products-and-services/info-releases/building-consents-issued.htm - Information about collection of building consent data

5.3.3 Transport, infrastructure and services outcome (c) We have reliable, efficient and well-planned infrastructure and services, including transport that is safe, interconnected and easy to get to and use.

5.3.3.1 #52 – Drinking water quality

What does ‘Drinking water quality’ mean? This indicator measures the public health grading of drinking water in community supplies. Community supplies are defined as supplies that provide drinking water to 25 people for more than 60 days of a year, and includes cities, towns, camping grounds, marae and schools.

The public health risk of drinking water is measured using a grading system developed by the Ministry of Health.

Why is ‘Drinking water quality’ important? In 2003 87% of New Zealand’s population was served by community drinking water supplies.

Maintaining good drinking water quality is critical for human health and quality of life outcomes. The health risk to consumers from water-borne disease in drinking water supplies comes from two main types of microorganisms: bacteria (such as faecal coliforms and E. coli) and parasites (such as Giardia and Cryptosporidium)(www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/physical-environment/drinking-water-quality.html).

Throughout the world (and New Zealand is no exception) by far the most common problems arise from microbiological contamination of the source waters. Animal, bird and even human effluent, introduced in one way or another upstream from a water supply, can make that water unfit for consumption. Bacteria have always been of major concern, while protozoa such as Giardia and Cryptosporidium are increasingly being highlighted as causing ill health through drinking-water (www.drinkingwater.org.nz).

Page 142: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 134 Doc #1084090

Results

Table 85: Public health grading for community water supplies for over 500 people, by territorial authority, as at May 2005

Territorial Authority Community Grade Hamilton City Hamilton City Aa

Hamilton City Templeview Au

Hauraki District Hauraki Plains East Uu

Hauraki District Hauraki Plains West Uu

Hauraki District Hauraki Plains, Kerepehi Uu

Hauraki District Ohinemuri Uu

Hauraki District Paeroa Uu

Hauraki District Waihi Uu

Matamata-Piako District Matamata Township Uu

Matamata-Piako District Matamata - Waharoa Uu

Matamata-Piako District Morrinsville Uu

Matamata-Piako District Te Aroha - Inghams Waitoa Uu

Matamata-Piako District Te Aroha Uu

Otorohanga District Kawhia Uu

Otorohanga District Otorohanga Uu

Otorohanga District Waikeria Uu

South Waikato District Athol/Kinleith Uu

South Waikato District Putaruru Uu

South Waikato District Tirau Uu

South Waikato District Tokoroa Uu

Thames-Coromandel District Coromandel Uu

Thames-Coromandel District Pauanui Uu

Thames-Coromandel District Tairua Uu

Thames-Coromandel District Thames Uu

Thames-Coromandel District Whangamata Uu

Thames-Coromandel District Whitianga Uu

Waikato District Huntly - Rotongaro Uu

Waikato District Huntly Uu

Waikato District Matangi Au

Waikato District Newstead Au

Waikato District Ngaruawahia Uu

Waikato District Raglan Uu

Waikato District Tamahere Au

Waikato District Taupiri Uu

Waikato District Taupiri - Hopu Hopu Uu

Waikato District Te Kauwhata/Rangiriri Uu

Page 143: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 135

Territorial Authority Community Grade Waikato District Whangamarino Rural/Meremere Uu

Waipa District Cambridge Uu

Waipa District Kihikihi Uu

Waipa District Pukemiro Rural Uu

Waipa District Ohaupo Uu

Waipa District Te Awamutu Uu

Waipa District Pirongia Uu

Waitomo District Piopio Uu

Waitomo District Te Kuiti Uu

Waitomo District Waitomo Caves Uu

Rotorua District Reporoa Uu

Rotorua District Reporoa - Mihi Uu

Taupo District Acacia Bay Uu

Taupo District Kinloch Uu

Taupo District Mangakino Uu

Taupo District Motuoapa Uu

Taupo District Pukawa Uu

Taupo District Omori/Kuratau Uu

Taupo District Taupo - Lake Terrace Uu

Taupo District Taupo - Rainbow Point Uu

Taupo District Turangi Uu

Taupo District Tokaanu Uu

Taupo District Wairakei Resort Uu

Franklin District Buckland Uu

Franklin District Onewhero Golf Club Uu

Franklin District Pokeno Uu

Franklin District Tuakau North Uu

Franklin District Tuakau South Uu NB: Aa = completely satisfactory for distribution zone, source and plant; Au = completely satisfactory for distribution zone but ungraded for source and plant; Uu = not yet graded for distribution zone, source or plant. Source: Extracted from www.drinkingwater.org.nz/supplies/SuppliesHA.asp

Gaps and limitations Many drinking water community supplies are listed as having a Public Health Grading of “U”, or Ungraded. These are generally supplies that have less than 500 people connected, but will also include those supplies not graded since December 2005. As of January 2006 the new grading system (implemented 2003) has replaced all previous grading values. However, grading occurs “ad-hoc” and most (all but ~20) have not been graded since Jan 1st 2006. There is a push for grading to happen annually (driven by the Ministry of Health) but this has not yet occurred.

The Ministry of Health Annual Review of Drinking Water Quality lists the compliance grades of all drinking water supplies by territorial authority, but these are expressed in

Page 144: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 136 Doc #1084090

the old grading system (pre-2004). This is however the most recent annual report of this kind (published March 2005).

The website (www.drinkingwater.org.nz/supplies/supplies.asp) has current grading information for all community drinking water supplies.

The grading system depends on adequate monitoring. A lower grade might be applied due more to inadequate monitoring rather than poor water quality.

More information Ministry of Social Development Social Report Indicator

www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/physical-environment/drinking-water-quality.html

Drinking Water for New Zealand (a website run by Environmental Science & Research (ESR)) www.drinkingwater.org.nz/

Ministry of Health www.moh.govt.nz/water

Ministry of Health: Annual Review of drinking Water in New Zealand 2003 (ISBN 0-478-28325-3)http://www.moh.govt.nz/moh.nsf/238fd5fb4fd051844c256669006aed57/22b879b83736ce10cc256fb6001202ca?OpenDocument – Appendix 1 lists all supplies and compliance grade, but these are in the old grading system.

Ministry for the Environment: New Zealand Drinking Water Standards www.mfe.govt.nz/publications/water/nz-drinking-water-standards-00.html

For a full description of the drinking water grading system see www.drinkingwater.org.nz/general/grading.asp

5.3.3.2 #53 – Road traffic crashes and casualties

What does ‘Road traffic crashes and casualties’ mean? This indicator monitors the number of road traffic crashes and the number of fatal and non-fatal casualties of road traffic crashes.

Why are ‘Road traffic crashes and casualties’ important? Deaths, injuries and disability resulting from motor vehicle crashes inflict considerable pain and suffering on individuals, families and communities, as well as on other road users, emergency service providers, health workers and others. Road deaths are a major cause of premature death, especially among young adults.

The increasing numbers of cars on our roads brings greater risk of injury and fatality from motor vehicle crashes.

Page 145: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 137

Results

Table 86: Total number of road traffic crashes resulting in fatality or injury and total number of fatalities and injuries in 2004 and 2005 – Waikato Region and territorial authorities

Fran

klin

Dis

trict

Hau

raki

Dis

trict

Wai

kato

Dis

trict

Mat

amat

a-Pi

ako

Dis

trict

Ham

ilton

City

Wai

pa D

istri

ct

Oto

roha

nga

Dis

trict

Sout

h W

aika

to D

istri

ct

Wai

tom

o D

istri

ct

Taup

o D

istri

ct

Rot

orua

Dis

trict

Tham

es-C

orom

ande

l Dis

tric t

Wai

kato

Reg

ion

2004 No. crashes * 20 6 10 8 3 6 1 9 3 13 7 2 88No. fatalities 22 7 13 8 3 6 1 12 5 15 8 2 102No. crashes * 186 88 202 86 275 30 29 23 18 100 36 59 1132No. injuries 260 137 281 112 350 65 58 41 41 169 59 85 1658Total no. crashes 195 90 207 92 275 30 30 28 20 105 40 60 1172

2005 No. crashes * 10 8 15 4 10 7 2 8 5 8 4 5 86No. fatalities 13 9 18 12 12 8 3 9 6 11 4 5 110No. crashes * 181 79 186 90 268 35 36 23 19 121 39 84 1161No. injuries 255 127 259 131 319 54 52 48 34 171 79 116 1645Total no. crashes 185 81 193 92 275 36 37 24 21 126 41 88 1199

* “No. crashes” means the total number of crashes resulting in fatality or injury. For example one crash could result in two fatalities. Source: Data supplied by Environment Waikato (21 August 2006) as extracted from the Land Transport New Zealand Crash Analyst System Database

Gaps and limitations The law requires that all road traffic crashes that involve a motor vehicle and result in someone being injured to be reported. However, research indicates only about one half of such injury crashes are reported to Land Transport New Zealand. Under-reporting is evident amongst single vehicle crashes, motorcycle crashes and crashes involving alcohol (LTSA annual statistics 2001).

More information Ministry of Social Development Social Report – Road casualties indicator

www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/safety/road-casualities.html

Ministry of Transport Motor Vehicle Crashes – Annual Statistics www.transport.govt.nz/motor-vehicle-crashes-in-new-zealand/

Ministry of Transport – The Social Cost of Road Crashes and Injuries www.transport.govt.nz/socialcost/

Land Transport New Zealand summary of road safety issues for the Hamilton Region (www.landtransport.govt.nz/regions/2005/hamilton/index.html). Published July 2004 (based on 2004 data).

5.3.4 Regional planning outcome (d) We take a practical and coordinated approach to planning and providing servives, which works effectively across boundaries and sectors and responds to our communities’ needs.

Page 146: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 138 Doc #1084090

5.3.4.1 #54 – Residents’ confidence in councils’ decision-making

What does ‘Residents’ confidence in councils’ decision-making’ mean? This indicator measures residents’ rating of agreement that decisions made by their local council are in the best interests of the city.

Why is ‘Residents’ confidence in councils’ decision-making’ important? Residents’ confidence in council’s processes and decision-making is vital for a functioning democracy. Elected members have a responsibility to reflect their communities. The perception of resident’s confidence in council’s decision-making is a measure of this community representation and how close local government is to their community of interest.

Results

Table 87: Residents’ rating of agreement that decisions made by their local council are in the best interests of the city (Hamilton City 2004).

Percentage of respondents who agree that decisions made by local

council are in best interests of city

Strongly

agree

Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly

disagree

Total 2.8 38.5 24.5 25.0 7.6

Gender

Male 2.3 38.9 25.6 23.4 8.6

Female 3.2 38.1 23.5 26.5 6.7

Age

15-24 5.3 56.8 21.5 13.7 2.7

25-49 2.8 34.2 25.8 28.4 7.4

50-64 - 35.3 20.9 25.7 13.7

65+ 1.3 23.2 30.0 33.4 9.7

Ethnicity

NZ , European/NZ 2.4 34.6 26.3 27.3 7.9

Maori 3.6 39.5 25.9 24.6 5.5

Pacific Island 6.3 71.9 21.8 - -

Asian/Indian 4.4 66.5 10.7 4.4 9.5

Other - 50.0 50.0 - - Source: Quality of Life in New Zealand’s Twelve Largest Cities – Residents’ Survey 2004 – Data Tables for Hamilton City, Gravitas Research and Strategy Limited.

Page 147: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 139

Gaps and limitations Survey currently only includes Hamilton City – no data for Waikato Region or other territorial authorities. Data will be available from the 2006 survey for the Waikato Region.

More information Quality of Life indicator page on community involvement in council decision-

making, including 2002 results for this indicator for eight cities – http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Community_involvement.pdf

5.3.4.2 #55 – Residents’ satisfaction with councils’ approach to planning and providing servicesNo data source has been identified for this indicator.

5.3.5 Land-based industries outcome (f) Our economy is built on land-based industries and we encourage planning and practices that protect and sustain our productive resources.

5.3.5.1 #56 – Regional GDP contributed by primary industries

What does ‘Regional GDP contributed by primary industries’ mean? Gross Domestic Product (GDP) is an internationally accepted measure of economic activity. When presented on a regional basis, it provides an indication of the size and structure of a regional economy and measures the changes taking place within it.

The Statistics NZ Regional GDP Feasibility Study is looking at generating an experimental measure of current price annual regional GDP and its components, by industry, for a limited time-period using the production based method.

Why is ‘Regional GDP contributed by primary industries’ important? Economic statistics such as GDP provide a sound basis for monitoring and evaluating economic growth, and for making economic decisions. If the compilation of regional GDP proves feasible, this will provide another tool to help understand the economic structures of regions and the factors influencing regional economic growth. Improved regional economic data will support Government’s ability to identify and address region-specific issues more efficiently.

ResultsNone available yet – indicator under development.

Gaps and limitations Indicator not yet developed – Feasibility Study (due to be released in December 2006) will make recommendations about feasibility of implementing regional GDP on an ongoing basis.

More information http://www.stats.govt.nz/statistics-by-area/regional-statistics/regional-gdp-

feasibility-project.htm

http://www.stats.govt.nz/statistics-by-area/regional-statistics/regional-gdp-feasibility-study.htm

Page 148: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 140 Doc #1084090

http://www.stats.govt.nz/statistics-by-area/regional-statistics/regional-gdp-frequently-asked-questions.htm

Regional GDP Estimates from NZIER study for Ministry of Economic Development 2004 – refer to article below: http://www.nzier.org.nz/SITE_Default/SITE_Publications/x-files/11195.pdfThese estimates were generated as part of a study by NZIER by combining Statistics New Zealand data with other data selected from an earlier wide-ranging review of regional data sources. Nominal and real (net of inflation) GDP was estimated for each region according to industrial structure – essentially, allocating national GDP for each of 12 industry groups across regions according to how much employment in each region is in each of these industries. The GDP estimate for each region is therefore driven by the types of industries located in that region and how well these industries have performed nationally.

5.3.6 Tourism outcome (g) We have a tourism industry that recognises the region’s cultural and environmental heritage and values, and supports economic growth.

5.3.6.1 #57a – Nights in commercial accommodation

What does ‘Nights in commercial accommodation’ mean? This indicator measures the number of guest nights spent in commercial accommodation for each territorial authority.

Why are ‘Nights in commercial accommodation’ important? To provide information on the demand for accommodation that will be used in policy planning at the regional and local level.

Results

Table 88: Guest nights by month for territorial authorities in the Waikato Region – October 2005 to May 2006

Territorial authority Oct 05 Nov 05 Dec 05 Jan 06 Feb 06 Mar 06 Apr 06 May 06 Franklin District 4,710 5,346 5,448 7,434 5,544 5,869 5,460 4,452

Hamilton City 49,489 47,196 41,722 47,346 45,872 58,098 48,870 40,416

Hauraki District 5,171 4,997 6,530 9,331 6,100 6,461 6,621 4,125

Matamata-Piako District 3,928 5,138 5,572 6,497 5,428 5,310 5,151 4,042

Otorohanga District 2,385 2,461 3,301 4,591 3,091 3,319 2,926 1,823

South Waikato District 2,999 4,237 4,126 5,008 4,796 4,704 4,548 3,146

Taupo District 82,619 85,487 102,841 130,528 106,174 105,138 92,860 54,949

Waikato District 6,210 6,778 7,639 12,614 9,785 9,939 8,438 5,167

Waipa District 11,341 10,077 10,775 18,971 13,238 16,370 12,608 8,826

Waitomo District 10,096 10,651 13,724 19,466 12,351 11,258 10,278 6,926

Thames-CoromandelDistrict

35,707 37,097 85,866 144,472 70,018 58,361 51,446 18,220

Rotorua District 150,383 161,155 172,790 220,009 185,828 176,110 172,378 110,093Source:http://www.trcnz.govt.nz/Surveys/Commercial+Accommodation+Monitor/Data+and+Analysis/Table-Territorial-Authority-Guest-Nights-by-Month.htm

Page 149: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 141

Gaps and limitations The Regional Tourism Organisation boundaries are not the same as Regional Council boundaries. Due to the different boundaries there are some confidentiality issues when releasing data at the Regional Council level.

More information Occupancy rates by region, excluding camping grounds and caravan parks – available from Statistics NZ website monthly.

http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/omni/omni.nsf/outputs/accommodation+survey – information about the Accommodation Survey.

http://www.stats.govt.nz/products-and-services/info-releases/accom-survey.htm -monthly information releases reporting results from the Accommodation survey

http://www.trcnz.govt.nz/Surveys/Commercial+Accommodation+Monitor/Data+and+Analysis/Table-Territorial-Authority-Guest-Nights-by-Month.htm - easy to use table reporting results from Statistics NZ Accommodation Survey on Tourism Research Council website.

5.3.6.2 #57b – Regions visited by international visitors and nights spent

What does ‘Regions visited by international visitors and nights spent’ mean? This indicator measures the number of international visitors who visited the Waikato Region and the average number of nights they stayed in the Region.

Why are ‘Regions visited by international visitors and nights spent’ important? To provide information on the demand for accommodation that will be used in policy planning at the regional and local level.

Results

Table 89: Number of international visitors visiting Waikato Region and nights spent – December 2001 to December 2005

Year ending Measure

Dec 2001 Dec 2002 Dec 2003 Dec 2004 Dec 2005

Number of people 397935 416899 490332 525883 578186

Number of nights in area 2192083 2301064 3354315 3406110 3587289

Average number of

nights in area per person

5.5 5.5 6.8 6.5 6.2

Source:http://www.trcnz.govt.nz/Surveys/International+Visitor+Survey/Data+and+Analysis/Table-Regional-Councils-Visited-Nights-Spent.htm

Page 150: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 142 Doc #1084090

Gaps and limitations The International Visitor Survey draws on a sample of between 5,000 and 6,000 departing international visitors per year to represent the behaviour of all international visitors to NZ. This provides consistently reliable estimates at the national (NZ-wide) level, the purpose for which the survey is designed. Data reliability at the NZ regional level varies, for reasons outlined below.

It is important to note that because the sample is weighted (multiplied up) to reflect the total departing population in any given time period, one respondent may be taken to represent the behaviour of between 1 - 1000 visitors.

Reliability issues are encountered with Regional estimates as follows: To provide estimates of behaviour within a region, it is necessary to interview departing visitors who have been to a particular region in sufficient numbers to provide consistently reliable information over time. Given the reasonably common travel patterns of international visitors, many of the regions provide reliable information. For regions such as Auckland, Canterbury and the Bay of Plenty, to which the majority of visitors go, sample sizes are more than appropriate.

For less visited regions, there is a lesser chance of intercepting visitors to those regions at the collection point, hence the samples required to produce reliable estimates are more difficult to obtain. Frequently the data for these regions is based upon inappropriately small samples causing the data to be unreliable, and susceptible to change driven by single observations.

A simple rule of thumb is that if the data in any particular observation is based upon a group of people less than 5,000, the data should be considered unreliable, and caution used in interpreting statistics based upon these group sizes. A more detailed table of sample errors for the number of visitors, nights and spend is available via the following link: IVS sample errors (PDF14KB).

More information Information about the International Visitor Survey –

http://www.trcnz.govt.nz/Surveys/International+Visitor+Survey/

5.3.6.3 #58 – Income from tourism (international and domestic)

What does ‘Income from tourism’ mean? This indicator measures the income generated from international and domestic visitor expenditure.

Why is ‘Income from tourism’ important? Tourism plays a significant role in the New Zealand economy in terms of the production of goods and services and the creation of employment opportunities.

In 2004 international and domestic travellers spent a total of $849.8m in Waikato RTO. International overnight travellers accounted for $232.0m (27.3%) of this spend, domestic overnight travellers $247.3m (29.1%), international day travellers $19.9m (2.3%) and domestic day travellers $350.5m (41.2%).

In 2004 international and domestic travellers spent a total of $324.4m in Coromandel RTO. International overnight travellers accounted for $80.1m (24.7%) of this spend, domestic overnight travellers $185.8m (57.3%), international day travellers $3.7m (1.1%) and domestic day travellers $54.8m (16.9%).

In 2004 international and domestic travellers spent a total of $381.9m in Lake Taupo RTO. International overnight travellers accounted for $110.4m (28.9%) of this spend,

Page 151: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 143

domestic overnight travellers $193.7m (50.7%), international day travellers $6.6m (1.7%) and domestic day travellers $71.2m (18.6%).

The ability to measure tourism trends and impacts at a local and regional level assists local government to better plan for tourism infrastructure and services.

Results

Table 90: International and domestic visitor expenditure – Waikato RTO

Year International (million $) Domestic (million $) Total (million $) 1999 124.4 546.7 671.1

2000 97.3 406.8 504.1

2001 154.1 533.2 687.3

2002 176.9 717.7 894.6

2003 205 649.1 854.1

2004 252 597.8 849.8Source: http://www.trcnz.govt.nz/NZ+Regions/North+Island/Waikato+RTO/

Table 91: International and domestic visitor expenditure – Coromandel RTO

Year International (million $) Domestic (million $) Total (million $) 1999 45.3 275.3 320.6

2000 62.3 275.1 337.4

2001 74.1 304.3 378.4

2002 89.7 278.5 368.2

2003 106.8 298.4 405.2

2004 83.9 240.6 324.5Source: http://www.trcnz.govt.nz/NZ+Regions/North+Island/Coromandel+RTO/

Table 92: International and domestic visitor expenditure – Lake Taupo RTO

Year International (million $) Domestic (million $) Total (million $) 1999 80.6 262.8 343.4

2000 86.9 237.8 324.7

2001 124.1 233.7 357.8

2002 120.9 294.8 415.7

2003 116.9 275 391.9

2004 117 264.9 381.9Source: http://www.trcnz.govt.nz/NZ+Regions/North+Island/Lake+Taupo+RTO/

Gaps and limitations The Core Tourism Dataset is disseminated based upon Regional Tourism Organisation boundaries. The boundary of the Waikato Region contains three Regional Tourism Organisation (RTO) areas: Waikato RTO, Coromandel RTO and Lake Taupo RTO.

Data has not been collected for the parts of Franklin and Rotorua Districts that fall within the Waikato Region. It is assumed that these areas only contribute a small part

Page 152: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 144 Doc #1084090

to the tourist expenditure in these RTO’s (Auckland RTO and Rotorua RTO respectively).

In addition, the figures for the Ruapehu RTO have not been included. While the Waikato Region includes parts of this area, the major areas of tourism expenditure (Whakapapa and Turoa ski areas and associated services) are outside of the Region.

More information Tourism Research Council of NZ (TRCNZ) www.trcnz.govt.nz

TRCNZ Domestic Travel Survey www.trcnz.govt.nz/Surveys/Domestic+Travel+Survey/default.htm

TRCNZ International Visitors Survey www.trcnz.govt.nz/Surveys/International+Visitor+Survey/default.htm

Ministry of Tourism map of Regional Tourism Organisation boundaries www.tourism.govt.nz/rtonz/rto-pdf-reports/Rto-areas-sept2004.pdf

Waikato Regional Tourist Organisation www.waikatonz.com/

Taupo Regional Tourist Organisation www.laketauponz.com/

Coromandel Regional Tourist Organisation www.thecoromandel.com/

Quality of Life Big Cities Tourism Indicator www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Tourism.pdf

5.3.6.4 #59 – Employment in the tourism industry

What does ‘Employment in the tourism industry’ mean? This indicator measures the numbers of people in employment resulting from direct and indirect tourism demand.

Why is ‘Employment in the tourism industry’ important? An estimated 102,700 full-time equivalent employees (or 5.9 percent of total employment in New Zealand) were directly engaged in producing goods and services purchased by tourists in 2004. This includes employment generated by international students studying in New Zealand for less than one year. (http://www.trcnz.govt.nz/Topics/Economic+Contribution/Tourism+Satellite+Account+2001-2004/)

The ability to measure tourism trends and impacts at a local and regional level assists local government to better plan for tourism infrastructure and services.

Results

Table 93: Summary of Tourism Employment(1)(2) for New Zealand Employment (FTE(3) persons) Employment (FTE persons) engaged in

tourism as a percentage of total employment in New Zealand

Directly engaged intourism

Indirectly engaged in tourism

Total tourism employment in New Zealand

Yearended March

Directly engaged in tourism

Indirectly engaged in tourism

Total tourism employment in New Zealand

Percent

2001 94,900 63,700 158,600 5.9 4.0 9.9

Page 153: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 145

2002 98,500 66,400 164,900 6.0 4.0 10.0

2003 104,200 .. .. 6.2 .. ..

2004 102,700 .. .. 5.9 .. .. (1) A change in the data source for employment numbers means that the new series is currently only

available from 2001. (2) Employment numbers are rounded to the nearest hundred. (3) FTE is an abbreviation for full-time equivalent. Source: http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/tsa-2004.htm

Gaps and limitations The Tourism Satellite Accounts reporting process is the only one that draws together accurate figures of employment through direct and indirect tourist demand. However, Tourist Satellite Accounts are published irregularly and provide national summary data only.

More information Tourism Research Council of New Zealand (TRCNZ) link to 2004 Tourism Satellite Accountwww.trcnz.govt.nz/Topics/Economic+Contribution/Tourism+Satellite+Account+2001-2004/

Statistics New Zealand – Tourism satellite account www.stats.govt.nz/datasets/tourism/tourism-satellite-account.htm

5.3.7 Research and innovation outcome (h) Our region has a reputation for entrepreneurship, innovation, research and education; attracting investment and people to work, study and visit.

5.3.7.1 #60 – Total research funding

What does ‘Total research funding’ mean? At the national level only, this indicator presents information on

research and development expenditure type of research and development by sector source of funding for research and development expenditure.

Why is ‘Total research funding’ important? Expenditure for research indicates the level of innovation and investment in science and technology. This reflects the type of society and is a driver towards a knowledge-based economy.

Results

Table 94: National research and development expenditure by sector and published industry – 2002 and 2004

2002 2004 Biennial change Sector Published industry

$(million) $(million) Percent

Private

Primary 14.2 18.8 4.6 32.5

Food, beverage and tobacco manufacturing 29.9 27.7 -2.2 -7.2

Textiles, clothing, footwear and leather 2.9 4.2 1.3 44.9

Page 154: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 146 Doc #1084090

2002 2004 Biennial change Sector Published industry

$(million) $(million) Percent manufacturing

Petroleum, coal, chemical and associated product manufacturing

40.1 26.0 -14.1 -35.2

Non-metallic mineral product manufacturing 4.1 3.7 -0.5 -11.4

Metal product manufacturing 7.2 19.0 11.8 163.4

Machinery and equipment manufacturing 105.4 147.9 42.5 40.3

Other manufacturing 4.5 9.3 4.8 107.7

Wholesale trade 30.1 46.5 16.4 54.6

Scientific research 140.9 157.1 16.2 11.5

Technical services 42.9 46.5 3.6 8.5

Computer services 62.4 89.7 27.3 43.8

Other services 35.9 51.5 15.7 43.7

Total private sector 520.6 648.1 127.5 24.5

Government (excluding universities)

Scientific research 408.6 435.6 27.0 6.6

Government administration 28.3 42.0 13.7 48.3

Other government research 22.9 20.8 -2.1 -9.3

Total government sector (excluding universities)

459.8 498.4 38.6 8.4

University

Universities 435.8 454.8 19.0 4.4

Total Research and Development (R&D) Expenditure

1,416.2 1,601.3 185.1 13.1

Source:http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/pasfull/pasfull.nsf/0/4c2567ef00247c6acc256ff700174954/$FILE/alltabls.xls

Table 95: Research and development expenditure as a proportion of GDP by sector

1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 SectorPercent

Private 0.26 0.31 0.30 0.42 P 0.47 P

Government (excluding universities) 0.41 0.39 0.36 0.37 P 0.36 P

University 0.29 0.40 0.34 0.35 P 0.33 P

All Sectors 0.96 1.10 1.01 1.15 P 1.17 P(1) Statistics New Zealand GDP current price expenditure measure, year ended 31 March. P = provisional Source:http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/pasfull/pasfull.nsf/0/4c2567ef00247c6acc256ff700174954/$FILE/alltabls.xls

Page 155: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 147

Gaps and limitations Information reported at national level only. Statistics NZ currently has no plans to produce it at the Regional level. The issue of capturing and releasing information below the national level has been investigated internally, but was considered too problematic. It is problematic for a number of reasons, with two of the major ones being that information is collected at the Enterprise level (rather than at geographic level) and that the survey is designed to produce the best national aggregate data. It wasn't designed with the intention of producing sub-national data; to try and release localised data from this national data would impact on the quality of the data.

Survey methodology has been reviewed (changed between 2002 and 2004 surveys).

More information http://www.stats.govt.nz/products-and-services/info-releases/research-development-survey-info-releases.htm - information releases for the Research and Development Surveys 2002 and 2004 (Statistics NZ).

No alternative indicators or data sources identified at this point. Ministry for Economic Development was contacted re any future plans for regional analysis but no response was received.

5.3.7.2 #61 – Enrolments at tertiary education institutes (by type of study)

What does ‘Enrolments at tertiary education institutes (by type of study)’ mean?This indicator measures the percentage participation in tertiary education by type of qualification (certificates, diplomas, bachelor and post-graduate degrees). Formal tertiary education is study undertaken at a public or private tertiary education provider that leads to a recognised New Zealand qualification.

Why are ‘Enrolments at tertiary education institutes (by type of study)’ important?The acquisition of a tertiary qualification provides individuals with skills and knowledge that allows them to participate more fully in society and in the economy. It can also provide higher earning opportunities and help address knowledge and skills gaps in the economy.

ResultsWhile the data provided is national only, information for the major tertiary institutions in the Waikato Region has been extracted and is included below.

Page 156: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page

148

D

oc #

1084

090

Tabl

e 96

: Num

ber

of s

tude

nts

at m

ajor

tert

iary

inst

itutio

ns in

Wai

kato

Reg

ion

by p

rovi

der,

natu

re o

f atte

ndan

ce, s

ourc

e of

fund

ing

and

gend

er -

July

200

4 So

urce

of f

undi

ng

Fore

ign

fee

payi

ng a

nd

MFA

T IT

O o

ff jo

b tr

aini

ng

Min

istr

y of

Edu

catio

n EF

Ts

subs

idis

edO

ther

sou

rces

of f

undi

ng

Skill

NZ

fund

ed

Tota

lIn

stitu

tion

Fem

ale

Mal

e To

tal

Fem

ale

Mal

e To

tal

Fem

ale

Mal

e To

tal

Fem

ale

Mal

e To

tal

Fem

ale

Mal

e To

tal

Fem

ale

Mal

e To

tal

Full-

time

230

169

399

. .

. 66

3 11

15

1778

.

. .

18

5 23

91

1 12

89

2200

Par

t-tim

e 15

2 83

23

5 78

31

10

9 75

5 12

18

1973

3

24

27

11

8 19

99

9 13

64

2363

Wai

kato

Inst

itute

of

Tec

hnol

ogy

Tota

l 38

2 25

2 63

4 78

31

10

9 14

18

2333

37

51

3 24

27

29

13

42

19

10

2653

45

63

Full-

time

752

808

1560

-

- -

2084

29

13

4997

3

12

15

- -

28

39

3733

65

72

Par

t-tim

e 51

1 46

2 97

3 -

- -

1564

24

83

4047

-

- -

- -

- 20

75

2945

50

20

Uni

vers

ity o

f W

aika

to

Tota

l 12

63

1270

25

33

- -

- 36

48

5396

90

44

3 12

15

-

- -

4914

66

78

1159

2

Full-

time

- -

- -

- -

19

16

35

- -

- -

- -

19

16

35

Wai

kato

Inst

itute

fo

r Lei

sure

&

Spo

rtTo

tal

- -

- -

- -

19

16

35

- -

- -

- -

19

16

35

Full-

time

1

1 -

- -

- -

- -

1 1

- -

- 1

1 2

Par

t-tim

e 17

13

30

11

13

24

-

- -

28

26

54

Wai

kato

Inst

itute

of

Edu

catio

n

Tota

l 18

13

30

11

14

25

-

- -

29

27

56

Sou

rce:

Dat

a M

anag

emen

t And

Ana

lysi

s D

ivis

ion,

Min

istry

Of E

duca

tion

2004

Page 157: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 149

Gaps and limitations This information is not easily available at the regional or territorial authority level. It could be calculated by identifying the geographic location of the training providers listed by the Ministry of Education but this is beyond the scope of this data report.

There is limited breakdown of numbers by geographic area. Individual education providers can be identified, but in cases where more than one campus exists (e.g. Te Wananga o Aotearoa) there is no breakdown of numbers for each campus.

There is no record of where individuals participating in tertiary education have come from.

More information Ministry of Social Development Social Report

www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/knowledge-skills/participation-tertiary-education.html

Ministry of Education Tertiary Statistics website www.minedu.govt.nz/index.cfm?layout=index&indexID=6142&indexparentid=1051

5.4 Culture and Identity Outcome Theme The Waikato region identifies with - and values – its land, air, rivers and waterways, mountains, flora, fauna and its people.

5.4.1 Regional identity and pride outcome (a) We are proud of our region’s distinctive identity, its strong Maoritanga, and its rich and diverse natural and cultural heritage.9

5.4.1.1 #62 – Residents’ rating of their sense of pride in the way their city/town looks and feels

What does ‘Residents’ rating of their sense of pride in the way their city/town looks and feels’ mean? This indicator measures residents’ rating (on a five point scale) of their sense of pride in the way their city/town looks and feels.

Why are ‘Residents’ rating of their sense of pride in the way their city/town looks and feels’ important? This indicator acts as a barometer of the way residents in the areas surveyed feel about the various aspects that comprise the built environment and their city’s liveability.

9 This outcome is not addressed comprehensively by the indicators included in this report and will be addressed further

by associated Maori indicators being developed in a parallel process.

Page 158: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 150

Results

Table 97: Residents’ rating of their sense of pride in the way their city looks and feels – Hamilton City 2004

Percentage of respondents who agree “I feel a sense of pride in

the way the city looks and feels”

Strongly

agree

Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly

disagree

Total 11.4 57.8 19.1 8.3 2.3

Gender

Male 10.9 54.3 23.4 7.6 2.8

Female 11.8 60.9 15.2 9.0 1.8

Age

15-24 8.4 50.4 24.3 13.4 1.4

25-49 10.4 58.5 20.1 8.0 2.6

50-64 14.9 57.1 15.4 6.1 4.3

65+ 15.7 70.1 10.3 2.7 -

Ethnicity

NZ

European/New

Zealander

11.4 56.4 20.1 8.4 2.8

Maori 6.7 61.7 18.0 12.5 1.0

Pacific Island 16.4 62.1 11.6 - -

Asian/Indian 15.2 55.5 15.7 8.9 -

Other - 100.0 - - -Source: Quality of Life in New Zealand’s Twelve Largest Cities – Residents’ Survey 2004 – Data Tables for Hamilton City, Gravitas Research and Strategy Limited.

Page 159: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 151

Gaps and limitations Survey currently only includes Hamilton City – no data for Waikato Region or other territorial authorities. Data for the Waikato Region will be available from the 2006 survey.

More information http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf2004/Quality_of_Life_2004_Built.pdf

refer to section 12.6 of the Built Environment chapter of the 2004 survey for results for this indicator

http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Look_and_feel_city.pdf - results of 2002 survey for this indicator

5.4.1.2 #63 – Number of Maori speakers (in Maori and total population)

What does ‘Number of Maori speakers (in Maori and total population)’ mean?This indicator measures how many people can speak and understand the spoken Maori language, in the Maori population and usually resident population.

Why is ‘Number of Maori speakers (in Maori and total population)’ important?The number of Maori speakers reflects the importance of our cultural heritage and its understanding.

Results

Table 98: Language spoken (Maori) and sex, for the Census usually resident population count, 2001 – Waikato Region and territorial authorities

Language Spoken Maori Total People (Includes People Stating One or More Language(s) and None)

Sex Male Female Total Male Female Total

Area

Waikato Region 10,971 11,787 22,758 168,384

174,492

342, 876

Franklin District 1029 1110 2136 23964 24093 48057

Thames-CoromandelDistrict

426 435 858 11655 12120 23775

Hauraki District 372 417 786 8037 8211 16248

Waikato District 1803 2019 3822 18915 19026 37944

Matamata-Piako District 534 555 1089 14109 14364 28473

Hamilton City 3294 3696 6990 53124 57876 110997

Waipa District 819 912 1731 19101 20031 39132

Otorohanga District 492 315 807 4731 4125 8859

South Waikato District 924 954 1881 11220 11139 22359

Waitomo District 528 570 1098 4560 4551 9111

Taupo District 1305 1434 2739 14592 14934 29526

Rotorua District 3387 3648 7032 29268 30894 60162

Page 160: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 152

Source:http://xtabs.stats.govt.nz/eng/TableViewer/Wdsview/dispviewp.asp?ReportId=24

Table 99: Language spoken (Maori) and sex, for the Maori ethnic group Census usually resident population count, 2001

Language spoken Maori

Total Usually Resident Population (Maori)

Sex Male Female Male Female

Area Waikato Region 9495 10257 35673 37149

Franklin District 879 969 3801 3861

Thames-Coromandel District 327 342 1785 1809

Hauraki District 300 363 1467 1584

Waikato District 1638 1827 5025 5304

Matamata-Piako District 453 480 1863 1899

Hamilton City 2856 3201 10338 11016

Waipa District 684 756 2877 3051

Otorohanga District 444 282 1437 1101

South Waikato District 726 753 3321 3525

Waitomo District 477 519 1701 1833

Taupo District 1176 1290 4293 4461

Rotorua District 3069 3360 10533 11073 Source:http://xtabs.stats.govt.nz/eng/TableViewer/Wdsview/dispviewp.asp?ReportId=84

Gaps and limitations Statistics NZ does not currently provide an official statistic on proportion of Maori speakers in Maori and total populations (only on number of Maori speakers), although this could be calculated unofficially using total population numbers provided.

The proportion of Maori speakers in the Maori and usually resident populations is only provided by Statistics NZ at a national level for 2001 (in Table 2 of the Mäori report) but could be calculated for the regional and territorial authority levels by dividing the indicator by the total regional and territorial authorities populations surveyed. Note, when calculating proportions, the denominator should be those who stated a response to the language question.

More information http://www.stats.govt.nz/products-and-services/Articles/maori-lang-survey-2001.htm - 2001 Survey on the Health of the Maori Language is a one-off survey looking at the proficiency in and use of te reo Maori at the national level.

http://xtabs.stats.govt.nz/eng/TableFinder/index.asp - Census Table Finder facility.

Page 161: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 153

5.4.1.3 #64 – Proportion of population that speak the ‘first language’ of their ethnic group

What does ‘Proportion of population that speak the ‘first language’ of their ethnic group’ mean? First language is the term used to describe a non-English language associated with a given ethnic group. Due to some ethnic groups having a large number of first languages, for example Chinese and Indian, some ethnic groups have more than one first language. This indicator looks at the number of Census respondents who can have “a conversation about every day things” in the language that is clearly associated with their ethnicity.

Why is ‘Proportion of population that speak the ‘first language’ of their ethnic group’ important? Language is an important part of an ethnic group’s cultural identity. It is embedded with the values, beliefs and norms of the groups who use it. For many migrants, maintaining one’s first language and passing it on to the next generation is perceived as important to both cultural and personal well-being (Statistics Canada, 2000, 14).

As a result of both global migration and declining indigenous populations, many of the world’s diverse languages face declining use or extinction. In New Zealand, some Pacific populations now exceed those of their country of origin. In 2001, the New Zealand usually resident Tokelauan population count was four times greater than the 1996 population count in Tokelau (6,204 compared with 1,507). Similarly, the New Zealand resident Niuean population count was 20,148 in 2001, compared with the 2,088 population count in Niue in 1997 (Secretariat of the Pacific Community, 2000).

Page 162: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 154

Results

Table 100: Proportion of people speaking the first language of their ethnic group – whole of New Zealand 2001 (Table 1 from “Concerning Language” report)

(1) Totals refer to combined selected ethnic groups. Source: Table 1, Concerning Language (2004), Statistics New Zealand

Gaps and limitations “First language” data is only available at the national level on the Statistics New Zealand website. Data at regional and territorial authority level would need to be requested from Statistics New Zealand Customer Services and a fee may apply.

The 2001 Census language question provides data on the ability of individuals to speak a language within an everyday situation. It provides no information on frequency of use, on the level of proficiency, nor on the contexts in which the language is spoken.

The question of whether people can have conversations about everyday things may also have been interpreted differently by respondents and therefore have influenced the number of languages each individual recorded. Some might over-estimate their language ability, while others might under-estimate it.

Also, if people from a particular ethnic group speak more than one language, Statistics NZ wouldn't necessarily know which one is the first one. It is wrong to refer to 'language of the ethnicity' and we're not able to tell from the Census which is the first language. A significant proportion of people of particular ethnicities speak many

Page 163: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 155

languages (for example, many Filipino speak only Spanish or only English, and a lot of ethnically Fijian Fijians do not speak Fijian -they may be either Hindi or English speakers). There's not a one-one relationship between language and ethnic group. Ethnicity is self-identified, people often have multiple ethnicities and people's ethnic group identification can and does change.

Ethnic mobility (a change in people’s ethnic affiliation over time or between contexts) is likely to be an influential, but not always directly measurable, factor affecting the analysis presented in “Concerning Language”.

English is an official language of the birthplace of some ethnic groups selected in the “Concerning Language” report. For example, English is a legitimate Indian and European language. The 2001 Census did not distinguish between different varieties of the English language. English has therefore been excluded as a first language in this analysis.

More information http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/concerning-language-2004/default.htm -“Concerning Language (2004) is a report investigating language retention for selected ethnic groups in New Zealand, using data from the 2001 Census of Population and Dwellings. The report examines the relationship between language retention and selected variables.

5.4.2 Historic buildings and places outcome (b) Heritage sites and landscapes of significance to Whanau, Hapu and Iwi are preserved and valued.10

(c) Our historic buildings and places are retained and cared for. New developments are designed to be sensitive to people, places and the environment.

5.4.2.1 #65 – Number of buildings and places listed on Historic Places Trust register

What does ‘Number of buildings and places listed on Historic Places Trust register’ mean? This indicator measures the number of buildings and places listed on the Historic Places Trust Register in each territorial authority.

Why is ‘Number of buildings and places listed on Historic Places Trust register’ important? Buildings, structures, and areas of land, including archaeological sites, notable for their importance in New Zealand’s history, and for their historic, cultural, spiritual, aesthetic, social or architectural value. They may be privately or publicly owned and are not necessarily open to the public. (Statistics New Zealand and Ministry of Cultural Affairs, 1995, p 30.)

Rarangi Taonga: the Register of Historic Places, Historic Areas, Wahi Tapu and Wahi Tapu Areas is the national schedule of New Zealand’s treasured heritage places. It is established under the Historic Places Act 1993, and compiled by the New Zealand Historic Places Trust Pouhere Taonga.

The Trust’s Register is designed to inform property owners and the public about New Zealand’s heritage places and to assist protection of these places under the Resource Management Act 1991. Councils are required to have regard to the Register when

10 This outcome is not addressed by the indicators included in this report but will be addressed further by associated

Maori indicators being developed in a parallel process.

Page 164: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 156

developing Regional and District Plans, and Councils are required to notify the Trust as an affected party to resource consent applications that affect registered places.

Results

Table 101: Buildings and sites registered on Historic Places Trust Register as at 29 May 2006 by territorial authority

Territorialauthority

Total Category 1 HistoricPlace

Category 2 Historic Place

HistoricArea

WahiTapu

WahiTapuArea

Franklin District 11 2 9 0 0 0

Waikato District 46 8 37 1 0 0

Otorohanga District 17 0 13 1 2 1

Waitomo District 19 2 14 0 3 0

Waipa District 63 7 56 0 0 0

Thames-CoromandelDistrict

182 11 160 1 3 7

Hauraki District 28 7 19 1 0 1

Matamata-PiakoDistrict

48 7 40 1 0 0

South Waikato District

25 2 23 0 0 0

Hamilton City 38 7 30 1 0 0

Rotorua District 15 3 11 0 0 1

Taupo District 3 0 3 0 0 0Source: Data supplied by Martin Jones (NZ Historic Places Trust) 29 May 2006

Gaps and limitations Official statistics for the Waikato Region are not currently available but could be estimated based on the total for all territorial authorities in the Region, taking into account that some territorial authorities are only partially within the Region.

Wahi tapu places and areas are not recorded in the online Register. To find out about these locations you need to contact the local NZHPT office where a full copy of the Register is kept.

The Online Register is very slow to return information. Data may have to be sourced from the NZ Historic Places Trust direct.

The Online Register is updated every three months (although last date of update is listed as November 2005).

There are a number of historic places that have been removed from the Register for technical reasons only i.e. there are deficiencies in the data that has been supplied to the Register. The numbers of these ‘deficient’ records have been supplied by the NZHPT. It is intended that these places be re-registered in the future.

More information New Zealand Historic Places Trust www.historic.org.nz/index.html

Historic Places Act 1993 http://www.legislation.govt.nz/browse_vw.asp?content-set=pal_statutes

Page 165: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 157

Ministry of Culture & Heritage www.mch.govt.nz

The Cultural Experiences Survey – includes information about visits to historical places and areas www.stats.govt.nz/NR/exeres/4DF0EEEE-BE19-4D98-BFB0-65A732241B32.htm

5.4.2.2 #66 – Number and proportion of heritage buildings demolished or removed from heritage records

What does ‘Number and proportion of heritage buildings demolished or removed from heritage records’ mean? This indicator measures the number of historic buildings removed from the Historic Places Trust Register.

Why is ‘Number and proportion of heritage buildings demolished or removed from heritage records’ important? Buildings, structures, and areas of land, including archaeological sites, notable for their importance in New Zealand’s history, and for their historic, cultural, spiritual, aesthetic, social or architectural value. They may be privately or publicly owned and are not necessarily open to the public. (Statistics New Zealand and Ministry of Cultural Affairs, 1995, p 30.)

Rarangi Taonga: the Register of Historic Places, Historic Areas, Wahi Tapu and Wahi Tapu Areas is the national schedule of New Zealand’s treasured heritage places. It is established under the Historic Places Act 1993, and compiled by the New Zealand Historic Places Trust Pouhere Taonga.

Registration does not necessarily mean that a place is protected. Protection of historic places is generally through the policies and rules in the District Plan.

Results

Table 102: Number of historic places removed from the Historic Places Trust Register as at 29 May 2006 by territorial authority

Removed Registrations Total Category 1 Historic Place

Category 2 Historic Place

Franklin District 1 - 1

Waikato District 11 - 11

Otorohanga District 2 - 2

Waitomo District 3 - 3

Waipa District 5 - 5

Thames-Coromandel District 16 - 16

Hauraki District 8 - 8

Matamata-Piako District 4 - 4

South Waikato District 1 - 1

Hamilton City 5 - 5

Rotorua District 1 - 1

Taupo District 0 - 0Source: Data supplied by Martin Jones (NZ Historic Places Trust) 29 May 2006

Page 166: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 158

Gaps and limitations The New Zealand Historic Places Trust can only provide information on the number of records removed from the Register. It can provide detail on the heritage status of the records removed, but no other information is available. For example detail on buildings removed as opposed to sites, is not available.

There is also no readily available information on why a record is removed. For example we do not know if the building has been demolished or removed for another reason.

More information New Zealand Historic Places Trust www.historic.org.nz/index.html

Historic Places Act 1993 http://www.legislation.govt.nz/browse_vw.asp?content-set=pal_statutes

Ministry of Culture & Heritage www.mch.govt.nz

The Cultural Experiences Survey – includes information about visits to historical places and areas www.stats.govt.nz/NR/exeres/4DF0EEEE-BE19-4D98-BFB0-65A732241B32.htm

5.4.2.3 #67 – Design of new developments

What does “Design of new developments” mean? This indicator measures whether respondents to the Environment Waikato Environmental Awareness, Attitudes and Actions survey feel that sustainable design of new developments and subdivisions has become better, become worse or stayed the same in the last few years at the Regional, district, rural and urban levels. “Sustainably designed” is defined as “they blend into the area and take account of the environment and people’s needs.”

Why is “Design of new developments” important? The community wants new developments to be sensitive to people, places and the environment. New subdivisions and development are built for the long term and hence need to be carefully planned to meet current and likely future needs. The public increasingly demand higher standards for urban design that reflect the life style and culture of local communities, use good environmental practice and blend in with the surroundings.

ResultsNo data available yet – results from the 2006 Environmental Awareness, Attitudes and Actions survey will be available sometime in 2007.

Gaps and limitations None yet identified.

More information For more information about the Environmental Awareness, Attitudes and Actions

survey, contact a Social Scientist from Environment Waikato’s Community and Economy team.

Page 167: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 159

5.4.3 Culture and recreation outcome (d) All our communities have cultural and recreational events and facilities. We identify with and take part in our communities, building good community spirit.

5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities providedNo data source has been identified for this indicator.

5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts activities

What does ‘Participation in cultural and arts activities’ mean? This indicator measures the number of people participating in a range of cultural activities during a set reference period.

Why is ‘Participation in cultural and arts activities’ important? Increasing recognition is being given to the importance of cultural activities in the daily lives of New Zealanders. Our sense of nationhood and identity is dependent to a significant extent on our experience of New Zealand culture and heritage – a matter of increasing relevance in an ever-globalising world. A developed culture, an appreciation of the unique aspects of our culture – particularly M ori culture – and a strong cultural identity contribute positively to matters as diverse as economic growth, social cohesion, the acceptance and encouragement of diversity, creative thinking in a range of fields, and the imbuing of self-confidence in people. Intrinsic value is also derived from cultural experiences, with their power to stimulate and enlighten us.

Results

Figure 15: Number of adults experiencing most popular cultural activities in previous four weeks (Figure 1.01) - 2002

Source: Cultural Experiences Survey (2002), Statistics New Zealand - http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/exeres/5C81CBEF-DFD7-4577-8B59-17093808C0F3.htm

Page 168: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 160

Figure 16: Number of adults experiencing most popular cultural activities in previous 12 months - 2002

Source: Cultural Experiences Survey (2002), Statistics New Zealand - http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/exeres/5C81CBEF-DFD7-4577-8B59-17093808C0F3.htm

Gaps and limitations This indicator was measured in a one-off national survey and there are currently no plans to repeat it. No regional or territorial authority analysis is available, even on request.

However, the Quality of Life residents’ survey 2006 will include a new question (Q34) about participation in cultural and arts activities – this data can be used to update CES information, although probably not directly comparable. It will provide data for the Waikato Region and Hamilton City.

More information http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/exeres/39B6A2C6-4358-4806-AA60-21A9E2B70401.htm - A Measure of Culture, report on cultural experiences and cultural spending in NZ.

Same indicator also included in the Social Report at http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/leisure-recreation/participation-cultural-art-activities.html

http://www.mch.govt.nz/cwb/stats.html - Ministry for Culture and Heritage report on cultural statistics for the Waikato Region

5.4.3.3 #70 – Proportion of council’s spending on cultural activities and events

What does ‘Proportion of council’s spending on cultural activities and events’ mean? This indicator measures all reported local government spending, both capital and output, on public libraries, venues (excluding community halls), and museums and art galleries.

Page 169: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 161

Why is ‘Proportion of council’s spending on cultural activities and events’ important? Council’s expenditure provides a further measure of people’s engagement with culture by showing the total expenditure councils are prepared to spend on cultural goods and services, and how this compares with other types of expenditure.

Results

Figure 17: Local government spending on culture across NZ – 1999/2000 to 2003/04

Source: Local Government Spending on Culture (2000-2004) – report by Statistics NZ. Refer to http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/govt-spending-on-culture-2004

Page 170: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 162

Figure 18: Local government total and per capita spending on public libraries 2003/2004

Source: Local Government Spending on Culture (2000-2004) – report by Statistics NZ. Refer to http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/govt-spending-on-culture-2004

Figure 19: Local government spending on museums and galleries – 1999/2000 to 2003/2004

Source: Local Government Spending on Culture (2000-2004) – report by Statistics NZ. Refer to http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/govt-spending-on-culture-2004

Page 171: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 163

Figure 20: Local government spending on venues – 1999/2000 to 2003/2004

Source: Local Government Spending on Culture (2000-2004) – report by Statistics NZ. Refer to http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/govt-spending-on-culture-2004

Gaps and limitations The information presented above for this indicator was derived from local authority annual reports. There is a wide variance between councils in the way they report their cultural expenditure. Therefore, any comparisons or use of this data must be done with caution, as it is roughly indicative only.

The Ministry for Culture and Heritage Cultural Well-being Programme is working on a more rigorous process for gathering data in this area. Their website (http://www.mch.govt.nz/cwb/resources.html#review) notes:

“As part of the Cultural Statistics programme, the report Government Spending on Culture was issued in June 2005. This report contains details of expenditure by central government departments, the New Zealand Lottery Grants Board and local government for the years 19992004. The information is collected from Estimates of Appropriations and annual reports, including those of all local authorities, for expenditure items that fall within the categories of the New Zealand Framework for Cultural Statistics.

The Ministry for Culture and Heritage recognises that reporting cultural expenditure is not the primary purpose of local government annual reports. This can result in a wide variance in the level of detail reported which may not, therefore, take account of every item of cultural expenditure by local government. However, the Ministry for Culture and Heritage and Statistics New Zealand, will, in 2006, be working with local government on ways in which local government expenditure is recorded in order to be able to provide ways to more accurately and usefully reflect cultural wellbeing funding.”

More information http://www.mch.govt.nz/cwb/resources.html#review – Ministry for Culture and Heritage review of Cultural Well-being Resources in local government (refer to Report 2 for information about future plans to progress indicators)

5.4.4 Creativity outcome (e) Art, culture and creativity can be a part of everyone’s life. We all have opportunities for creative expression and our creative industries are supported and promoted.

Page 172: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 164

5.4.4.1 #71 – People employed in the cultural sector

What does ‘People employed in the cultural sector’ mean? This indicator measures the number of people in paid employment in the cultural sector, including people in cultural occupations and people in non-cultural occupations working in the cultural industry across New Zealand. Note that paid employment in the cultural sector can be divided into two overlapping categories: employment in cultural occupations, that is, people who directly create cultural

goods or services as defined by the New Zealand Framework for Cultural Statistics Te Anga Tatauranga Tikanga-ä-iwi o Aotearoa 1995, which provides a framework for the systematic collection, analysis and presentation of data related to the cultural sector framework, andthose who are employed in cultural industries but are not directly engaged in the creation of cultural goods and services such as those in supporting occupations, for example accountants, cleaners or administrators.

Why is ‘People employed in the cultural sector’ important? Arts and cultural activities are an integral part of our lives and help to define who we are as New Zealanders. People participate in the arts for a wide variety of reasons: for enjoyment and entertainment, for personal growth and development, as a means of expression, to learn new skills and meet new people, to pass on cultural traditions, and to earn an income.

Results

Figure 21: Number of people employed in cultural sector – New Zealand 2001

Source: Statistics NZ Analytical Report “Employment in the Cultural Sector” June 2005 (http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/rdonlyres/D1DAF70A-F84A-41C5-B0C9-D270CE0F2BFE/0/Overview.pdf)

Page 173: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 165

Table 103: Number of people employed in cultural sector – change over time between 1991 and 2001 – New Zealand

Source: Statistics NZ Analytical Report “Employment in the Cultural Sector” June 2005 (http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/rdonlyres/D1DAF70A-F84A-41C5-B0C9-D270CE0F2BFE/0/Overview.pdf)

Table 104: People employed in cultural occupations by key employment indicators (ethnicity, gender, qualifications, income) – New Zealand 2001

Source: Statistics NZ Analytical Report “Employment in the Cultural Sector” June 2005 (http://www.stats.govt.nz/NR/rdonlyres/D1DAF70A-F84A-41C5-B0C9-D270CE0F2BFE/0/Overview.pdf)

Gaps and limitations Regional data provided in the report “Employment in the Cultural Sector” relates mostly to proportion of employed people living in select regions. Beyond this, no other data/analysis has been provided at the regional level. For further information on cultural occupations at the regional level, a customised request would need to be made to Statistics New Zealand and a fee may apply.

Data is not available at the territorial authority level but could possibly be extracted from Census data if a customised request was made to Statistics New Zealand. A fee would probably apply.

Page 174: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 166

When examining census employment data in order to extract cultural employment data, limitations become obvious. The census asks for information on main job only, which is defined as the job in which people usually work the most hours. There is no facility to analyse secondary employment, yet there is anecdotal evidence to suggest that cultural employment is often undertaken as a second job. Voluntary cultural work is also not separately identifiable from census data and yet it appears that much cultural work is undertaken as unpaid or voluntary work. Census data also excludes people ‘between jobs’. Employment data will be less representative for a sector with a highly mobile labour force, high rates of underemployment and in which people are employed erratically, than for sectors in which employment is more stable or predictable.

To compound these data problems, the classifications used to categorise census data do not correspond exactly with the classification of cultural activities in the New Zealand Framework for Cultural Statistics Te Anga Tatauranga Tikangaä-iwi o Aotearoa, which represents a desired or ‘best-fit’ statistical classification of cultural activities.

More information http://www.stats.govt.nz/analytical-reports/employment-in-the-cultural-sector.htm -Statistics NZ Analytical Report “Employment in the Cultural Sector” June 2005.

5.5 Participation and Equity Outcome Theme The Waikato region builds strong informed communities and has a culture that encourages people and communities to play their part.

5.5.1 Civic participation (a) All our people and communities can participate in decision-making. We are

educated, informed and have the resources we need to take responsibility for our own futures.

(b) Iwi, Hapu and Maori work together with central government, local government and community organisations in mutually beneficial partnerships.11

(c) Our communities understand partnerships under the Treaty of Waitangi and representation and processes for these partnerships have integrity.

(d) The unique status of Tangata Whenua is respected and reflected in community processes.

(e) Maori have the opportunity to participate in community development and decision-making at Marae, Hapu and Iwi levels.

5.5.1.1 #72 – Percentage of voter turnout at local and general elections

What does ‘Percentage of turnout at local and general elections’ mean? This indicator measures: The proportion of all enrolled electors (both resident and ratepayer) who cast a

vote in the most recent local body elections. To be eligible to vote a person must be at least 18 years old and meet residential and certain other criteria.

The proportion of the persons aged 18 or over usually resident in General electorates (voting-age population) who cast a vote in General electorates in the most recent general election. Note that the total number of persons aged 18 or over usually resident in General electorates includes persons enrolled in Maori electorates (7.1% of the total population aged 18 or over).

11 This outcome and outcomes (c) to (e) below are not addressed comprehensively by the indicators included in this

report and will be addressed further by associated Maori indicators being developed in a parallel process.

Page 175: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 167

Why is ‘Percentage of turnout at local and general elections’ important? Voter turnout rates are a measure of political participation. They can be seen as an indicator of the extent to which citizens are a part of the political process, and the confidence the population has in, and the importance they attach to, political institutions.

Results

Table 105: Percentage of all enrolled electors who cast a vote in the 2004 local body elections – Waikato Region and territorial authorities

Area Percentage of enrolled electors who cast a vote

Waikato Region* 45.0%

Franklin 45.9%

Rotorua 48.8%

Hamilton 45.1%

Waikato 42.3%

Waipa 42.2%

Otorohanga 54.8%

Waitomo 55.8%

Thames-Coromandel 56.3%

Hauraki 53.1%

Matamata-Piako 42.2%

South Waikato 41.2%

Taupo 53.0% Source: http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/t-authorities/voter-turnout.htmland*http://www.dia.govt.nz/pubforms.nsf/URL/Electionstats2004.pdf/$file/Electionstats2004.pdf

Table 106: Percentage of estimated voting age population who cast a vote in 2002 general election – Waikato Region

Region Percentage of estimated voting age

population who cast a vote

Waikato 68.0%Source: http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/t-authorities/voter-turnout.html

Gaps and limitations Voter turnout figures do not include votes cast in Maori electorates, and there is no feasible method of estimating the number of Maori enrolees or votes by General electorate or region. For this reason the estimates of voter turnout are understated, and this is likely to be most pronounced in regions with a relatively high proportion of Maori among the total population.

Page 176: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 168

More information http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/civil-political-rights/voter-turnout.html - Social Report page on local body and General Election voter turnout, national data and trends

http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/r-councils/voter.html - Social Report page on regional voter turnout, regional data and trends

http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/t-authorities/voter-turnout.html -Social Report page on territorial authority voter turnout, TA data and trends

http://www.dia.govt.nz/pubforms.nsf/URL/Electionstats2004.pdf/$file/Electionstats2004.pdf - Department of Internal Affairs report “Local Government Election Statistics 2004” on which Social Report 2004 data is based

http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Voter_turnout.pdf - Quality of Life report page on voter turnout indicator, showing trends on local council elections for Hamilton City from 1995-2001.

http://www.dia.govt.nz/pubforms.nsf/URL/Electionstats2004.pdf/$file/Electionstats2004.pdf - Department of Internal Affairs report “Local Government Election Statistics 2004” also contains data on District Health Board, community board and mayoral election voter turnout.

5.5.1.2 #73 – Degree of representation by tangata whenua and minority groups on governance and decision-making bodies

What does ‘Degree of representation by tangata whenua and minority groups on governance and decision-making bodies’ mean? This indicator measures: The proportion of female elected members of the city or district council in the most

recent local body elections by territorial authority.

The proportion of female elected members of the city or district council in the most recent local body elections by region.

The proportion of Maori elected members in local government in the 2001 local body elections.

Why is ‘Degree of representation by tangata whenua and minority groups on governance and decision-making bodies’ important? Anecdotal evidence suggests overrepresentation on governance and decision-making bodies by people who identify with the NZ European ethnic group, with a correspondingly poor representation by women, minority ethnic groups and young people. This may have an impact on the ability of those bodies to understand and advocate for these population groups, and on the perceived relevance of these bodies to such communities. Specific groups or sectors of the community may not feel they are being heard or their concerns addressed. Alienation from local decision-making process can have adverse repercussions for social connectedness in cities, districts and regions.

Page 177: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 169

Results

Figure 22: Proportion of female elected members of the city or district council in the 2004 local body elections by region

Waikato Region = 50% Source: http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/r-councils/women.html

Page 178: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 170

Table 107: The proportion of female elected members of city or district councils in the 2004 local body elections by territorial authority

Territorial authority Proportion of female

elected members

Franklin District 40%

Rotorua District 25%

Hamilton City 38%

Waikato District 15%

Waipa District 25%

Otorohanga District 43%

Waitomo District 33%

Thames-Coromandel District 13%

Hauraki District 23%

Matamata-Piako District 27%

South Waikato District 56%

Taupo District 33%Source: http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/t-authorities/women.html

Table 108: Percentage of Maori elected members in local government across New Zealand – 1992 to 2001

Election year No. Maori out of total

elected members

Percentage

2001 52/940 5.5%

1998 48/799 6.0%

1995 39/1123 3.5%

1992 29/1156 2.5%Source: Local Government New Zealand at http://www.lgnz.co.nz/faq/maori.html

Page 179: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 171

Gaps and limitations No data on Maori representation in local government at the regional or territorial authority level at all, or at the national level for 2004.

More information http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Representation.pdf - Quality of Life report indicator page on representation, providing data for representation by women in city councils in 2001

http://www.socialreport.msd.govt.nz/regional/r-councils/women.html - Social Report page on representation of women in government at city or district council level, reported by regions for 2004

http://www.lgnz.co.nz/faq/maori.html - Local Government NZ page providing data on Maori representation in local government, at the national level only for 2001.

http://www.lgnz.co.nz/faq/women.html - Local Government NZ page providing data on representation of women in local government, at the national level only for 2001.

5.5.1.3 #74 – Residents’ rating of satisfaction with council’s provision of opportunities for community involvement in decision-making

What does ‘Residents’ rating of satisfaction with council’s provision of opportunities for community involvement in decision-making’ mean? This indicator measures residents’ rating of:

agreement with the statement “ I would like to have more of a say in what the council does”

how much influence the public has on the decisions that council makes.

NB. The 2001 Quality of Life survey also measured residents’ rating of satisfaction with council’s provision of opportunities for community involvement in decision-making, but this is no longer included in more recent surveys.

Why is ‘Residents’ rating of satisfaction with council’s provision of opportunities for community involvement in decision-making’ important? The community wants to have a say in what council does. Community involvement is critical for an effective local government. Resident’s perception of councils provisions of opportunities for involvement in decision-making is a good measure of how adequate councils’ processes are for community involvement.

Page 180: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 172

Results

Table 109: Percentage of respondents who agree that they would like more of a say in what the council does – Hamilton City 2004

Percentage of respondents who agree that they would like more

of a say in what the council does

Strongly

agree

Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly

disagree

Total 15.0 40.9 28.7 12.4 1.3

Gender

Male 15.9 41.6 29.5 11.0 0.9

Female 14.2 40.3 28.0 13.6 1.7

Age

15-24 13.5 37.6 38.0 9.3 -

25-49 15.3 41.0 27.7 12.9 1.9

50-64 17.5 42.0 27.8 10.4 1.2

65+ 13.5 45.2 15.9 18.8 1.5

Ethnicity

NZ

European/New

Zealander

15.7 38.3 30.5 13.3 0.7

Maori 11.0 43.8 29.6 12.5 2.1

Pacific Island 12.5 38.7 48.9 - -

Asian/Indian 16.2 60.9 15.8 7.1 -

Other - - - - 50.0Source: Quality of Life in New Zealand’s Twelve Largest Cities – Residents’ Survey 2004 – Data Tables for Hamilton City, Gravitas Research and Strategy Limited.

Page 181: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 173

Table 110: Residents’ rating of the amount of influence the public has on decisions that council makes – Hamilton City 2004

Residents’ rating of the amount of influence the public has on

decisions that council makes

Large

influence

Some

influence

Small

influence

No

influence

Don’t

know

Total 6.3 44.6 36.8 9.4 2.89

Gender

Male 5.6 45.6 37.3 8.6 2.9

Female 6.9 43.7 36.3 10.1 2.9

Age

15-24 9.0 63.5 23.6 - 3.9

25-49 5.6 41.9 40.7 10.1 1.8

50-64 7.3 33.2 35.1 21.3 3.1

65+ 2.5 33.3 49.8 9.4 5.0

Ethnicity

NZ

European/New

Zealander

5.5 43.3 38.6 10.3 2.3

Maori 9.7 41.5 31.8 10.8 6.2

Pacific Island 32.2 39.3 28.5 - -

Asian/Indian 7.2 62.2 23.3 - 7.3

Other - 100.0 - - -Source: Quality of Life in New Zealand’s Twelve Largest Cities – Residents’ Survey 2004 – Data Tables for Hamilton City, Gravitas Research and Strategy Limited.

Gaps and limitations Survey currently only includes Hamilton City – no data for Waikato Region or other territorial authorities. Data will be available from the 2006 survey for the Waikato Region.

Page 182: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 174

More information Quality of Life indicator page on community involvement in council decision-

making, including 2002 results for this indicator for eight cities – http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Community_involvement.pdf

5.5.2 Cultural well-being outcome (f) We are knowledgeable about and show respect for the many and diverse cultures of the people who live here.

5.5.2.1 #75 – Percentage of residents’ perceiving that cultural diversity makes their region/city/town a better place to live

What does ‘Percentage of residents’ perceiving that cultural diversity makes their region/city/town a better place to live’ mean? This indicator measures residents’ views about whether cultural diversity makes their region/city/town a better place to live. This indicator focuses on those who expressed positive views about this statement, answering either “a much better place” or “a better place.”

Why is the ‘Percentage of residents’ perceiving that cultural diversity makes their region/city/town a better place to live’ important? Cities are home for an increasing number of people with diverse lifestyles and cultures from different countries. This diversity impacts on how we communicate with different population groups and how they are made to feel part of their city, and enjoy a quality of life.

Results

Table 111: Resident’s perceptions about whether cultural diversity makes Hamilton City a better place to live – 2004

Percentage of residents perceiving that cultural diversity makes

their city a better place to live

A much

better place

A better

place

Makes no

difference

A worse

place

A much

worse

place

Total 10.3 35.8 38.6 10.3 2.1

Gender

Male 10.1 31.8 40.1 12.4 2.1

Female 10.4 39.4 37.3 8.5 2.1

Page 183: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 175

Percentage of residents perceiving that cultural diversity makes

their city a better place to live

A much

better place

A better

place

Makes no

difference

A worse

place

A much

worse

place

Age

15-24 4.6 32.1 53.7 6.9 -

25-49 13.2 39.9 33.4 9.9 1.4

50-64 12.5 35.8 30.3 10.7 6.2

65+ 7.8 27.8 39.4 17.9 3.1

Ethnicity

NZ

European/New

Zealander

8.0 34.4 40.5 11.9 2.4

Maori 8.8 33.7 38.6 9.5 2.0

Pacific Island 28.8 61.7 9.4 - -

Asian/Indian 24.5 52.8 22.7 - -

Other 50.0 - 50.0 - -Source: Quality of Life in New Zealand’s Twelve Largest Cities – Residents’ Survey 2004 – Data Tables for Hamilton City, Gravitas Research and Strategy Limited.

Gaps and limitations Survey currently only includes Hamilton City – no data for Waikato Region or other territorial authorities. However, data will be available for the Waikato Region from the 2006 survey.

More information http://www.bigcities.govt.nz/pdf/Diversity.pdf - Quality of Life indicator page on Diversity, presenting data on residents’ perceptions of cultural diversity for 8 cities (including Hamilton). Note that information is also available on why people hold the views that they do about cultural diversity.

http://www.stats.govt.nz/products-and-services/Articles/census-snpsht-cult-diversity-Mar02.htm - Statistics NZ article giving a snapshot of national findings on cultural diversity from 2001 census.

Page 184: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 176

6 Data Gaps This section summarises the data and information gaps identified during the collation of data for the core indicators presented in this report.

6.1 Summary of overall data gaps in core set of indicatorsTable 112 shows the overall data gaps within the core set of indicators presented in this report.

Table 112: Summary of overall data gaps in core set of indicators

Data coverage issue Number of

indicators

affected

Percentage of

total core

indicator set

No data source identified 6 8%

No data available yet (indicator under

development or data to be collected in future)

9 12%

National data only 6 8%

Regional data only 11 15%

Data available for some territorial authorities but

not all

14 19%

Territorial authority data only 6 8%

Data available but not for regional council

boundary

3 4%

NB. Total number of core indicators is now 75.

6.2 Data gaps by coverage issue

6.2.1 No data source identified The following six core indicators have no data source identified at the time of report writing:

9. Protection of natural heritage and landscapes 15. Public access (NB. Data is available for proxy of coastline ownership) 37. Proximity to work, study and recreation 45. Youth and older people’s engagement in decision-making 55. Resident’s satisfaction with council’s approach to planning and providing services 68. Resident’s satisfaction with cultural facilities provided

Page 185: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 177

6.2.2 No data available yet (indicator under development or data to be collected in future)The following nine core indicators currently have no data available because they are either still under development or the data will be collected in the future:

5. Land use (under development by Statistics NZ) 8. Surface water availability and use (under development by Environment Waikato) 11. Protected native vegetation areas (under development by Ministry for the

Environment/Environment Waikato) 31. Adult and community education (to be collected in future by the Tertiary Education

Commission) 38. Criminal victimisation rates (under development at sub-national level by Statistics

NZ) – ‘recorded crime’ as proxy 46. Genuine Progress Indicator (under development by NZCEE/Environment Waikato) 47. Regional GDP (under development by Statistics NZ) 56. Regional GDP contributed by primary industries (under development by Statistics

NZ)67. Design of new developments (to be collected by Environment Waikato later in

2006)70. Proportion of council’s spending on cultural activities and events (Ministry for

Culture and Heritage investigating options)

6.2.3 National data only The following six core indicators are currently only available at the national level:

30. Participation in early childhood education 34. Housing affordability (although regional data was available for 2000-01) 59. Employment in tourism industry12

60. Total research funding 64. Proportion of population that speak the ‘first language’ of their ethnic group* 71. People employed in cultural sector* * May be available at regional and or local level on request from the Ministry of

Culture and Heritage for a fee.

6.2.4 Regional data only The following 11 core indicators are currently only available at the regional level:

1. River water quality for ecological health+

2. River water quality for recreation+

3. Lakes water quality for ecological health+

4. Lakes water quality for recreation 6. Air quality (particulate matter, PM10)7. Groundwater availability and use+

14. Coastal water quality for recreation 17. Stock density+

20. Energy efficiency (proxy Energy use relative to economic growth) 42. Participation in sport and active leisure 49. Median weekly income* + Environment Waikato may be able to supply at local level if request made for

further analysis. * May be available at local level on request for a fee.

6.2.5 Data available for some territorial authorities only The following 14 core indicators are currently only available for some territorial authorities within the Waikato Region: 12 This indicator could be produced from census data. SNZ may explore this further.

Page 186: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 178

18. Total energy consumption 23. Life expectancy at birth 25. Avoidable mortality and hospitalisation rates 26. Overall quality of life+ 27. Barriers to accessing General Practitioners+ 32. Work opportunities matching skills+ 39. Perceptions of safety+ 43. Participation in social networks and groups+ 51. Building consents* 54. Resident’s confidence in council’s decision making+ 62. Resident’s rating of their sense of pride in the way their city/town looks and feels+ 69. Participation in cultural and arts activities 74. Residents satisfaction with Council's provision of opportunities for community

involvement in decisions+ 75. Percentage of residents perceiving that cultural diversity makes their region/

city/town a better place to live+ * Data available for other territorial authorities for a fee from INFOS series or directly

from territorial authorities themselves. + Data available for Hamilton City and from 2006 for Waikato Region.

6.2.6 Territorial authority data only The following six core indicators are currently only available at the territorial authority level:

19. Greenhouse gas emissions 24. Social deprivation index 52. Drinking water quality 57. Nights in commercial accommodation 65. Number of buildings and places listed on Historic Places Trust register 66. Number and proportion of heritage buildings demolished or removed from heritage

records

6.2.7 Data available but not within regional council boundaries The following four core indicators are available for part of or more than the Waikato Region, as they are measured across geographic areas that are not consistent with the Waikato regional boundary:

25. Avoidable mortality and hospitalisation rates (Waikato DHB region) 38. Proxy of Recorded offences and resolution rates (Waikato Police District) 58. Income from tourism (international and domestic) (Regional Tourism Organisation

regions)

Page 187: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 179

7 Recommendations This section contains recommendations for MARCO about how some of the data gaps identified in Section 6 could be addressed or progressed in the future.

7.1 Indicators where no data source identified13

The following six core indicators have no data source identified at the time of report writing:

9. Protection of natural heritage and landscapes 15. Public access to the coast (NB. Data is available for proxy of coastline ownership) 37. Proximity to work, study and recreation 45. Youth and older people’s engagement in decision-making 55. Resident’s satisfaction with council’s approach to planning and providing services 68. Resident’s satisfaction with cultural facilities provided

7.1.1.1 Recommendation 1Indicators 55, 68 and 70 are all related to the performance of territorial authorities. Given that MARCO members are currently discussing the type and consistency of surveys undertaken by their respective agencies, those from territorial authorities could consider the inclusion of questions designed to provide information for these performance related indicators in any future local surveys.

7.2 Indicators where no data available yet The following nine core indicators currently have no data available because they are either still under development or the data will be collected in the future:

5. Land use (under development by Statistics NZ) 8. Surface water availability and use (under development by Environment Waikato) 11. Protected native vegetation areas (under development by Ministry for the

Environment/Environment Waikato) 31. Adult and community education (to be collected in future by the Tertiary Education

Commission) 38. Criminal victimisation rates (under development at sub-national level by Statistics

NZ)46. Genuine Progress Indicator (under development by NZCEE/Environment Waikato) 47. Regional GDP (under development by Statistics NZ) 56. Regional GDP contributed by primary industries (under development by Statistics

NZ) – linked to above #47 67. Design of new developments (to be collected by Environment Waikato later in

2006)70. Proportion of council’s spending on cultural activities and events (being

investigated by Ministry for Culture and Heritage in 2006)

7.2.1.1 Recommendation 2The completed metadata sheets for each of these indicators provide information about when data might be available and from where. It is suggested that either key MARCO members or future contractors for MARCO be given responsibility for keeping abreast of progress with indicator development and data availability. It may be possible to register interest with the agencies responsible for each indicator, such that key MARCO contacts are kept in the loop by the agencies themselves with respect to progress over time.

13 This includes indicators for which no standardised method for collection of data has been developed yet.

Page 188: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 180

7.2.1.2 Recommendation 3Given that Matamata-Piako District Council currently obtains regular district-based GDP information from the University of Waikato, MARCO could consider initiating a project to make this information available for all territorial authorities in the region on a one-off basis. MARCO could then consider whether it would be cost-effective to continue this work on a regular basis.

7.3 Indicators where national data only The following six core indicators are currently only available at the national level:

30. Participation in early childhood education 34. Housing affordability (although regional data was available for 2000-01) 59. Employment in tourism industry 60. Total research funding 64. Proportion of population that speak the ‘first language’ of their ethnic group* 71. People employed in cultural sector* * May be available at regional and or local level on request for a fee.

7.3.1.1 Recommendation 4MARCO could consider engaging a contractor or agency such as the University of Waikato to contact tourism businesses or tourism umbrella organisations within the region to estimate regional figures for Indicator 59.

7.3.1.2 Recommendation 5Further investigation is required as to the potential for and future plans of agencies other than Statistics New Zealand to gather data for Indicator 60 at the sub-national level. The author has contacted the Ministry of Economic Development on this issue but no reply had been received at the data of report writing. Sub-national economic development agencies would also be useful contacts for this indicator. MARCO could also consider commissioning an agency such as the University of Waikato to gather local and/or regional data for this indicator.

7.3.1.3 Recommendation 6Indicators 64 and 71 may be available at a sub-national level from Statistics New Zealand on request and for a fee. MARCO should investigate data availability and cost further, so a decision can be made as to whether it is cost effective to purchase additional more relevant data at the appropriate levels.

7.4 Indicators where regional data only The following 11 core indicators are currently only available at the regional level:

1. River water quality for ecological health+

2. River water quality for recreation+

3. Lakes water quality for ecological health+

4. Lakes water quality for recreation 6. Air quality (particulate matter, PM10)7. Groundwater availability and use+

14. Coastal water quality for recreation 17. Stock density+

20. Energy efficiency (proxy Energy use relative to economic growth) 42. Participation in sport and active leisure (NB. Will be available in future for Hamilton

City through 2006 Quality of Life survey) 49. Median weekly income* + Environment Waikato may be able to supply at territorial authority level if request

made for further analysis. * May be available on request from Statistics NZ at local level for a fee.

Page 189: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 181

7.4.1.1 Recommendation 7Given that indicators 1, 2, 3, 7 and 17 may be able to be supplied by Environment Waikato at the territorial authority level if a request is made to the Resource Information Group for further analysis, MARCO could consider pursuing this with Environment Waikato. If a request is made by MARCO through the MARCO process, an agreement may be able to be reached regarding the availability of all core indicators sourced from Environment Waikato at the territorial authority level where practicable and possible.

7.4.1.2 Recommendation 8Indicators 49 may be available at a sub-national level from Statistics New Zealand on request and for a fee. MARCO should investigate data availability and cost further, so a decision can be made as to whether it is cost effective to purchase additional more relevant data at the appropriate levels. Alternatively, MARCO could pursue an alternative indicator ‘Average weekly earnings’ sourced from the NZ Quarterly Employment Survey and currently obtained by Matamata-Piako District Council through the regional Quarterly Report provided to Environment Waikato by Statistics New Zealand. MARCO should also add an additional indicator ‘median personal income’ to the list of non-core indicators to help provide a more comprehensive picture.

7.5 Indicators where data available for some territorial authorities only The following 14 core indicators are currently only available for some territorial authorities within the Waikato Region:

18. Total energy consumption 23. Life expectancy at birth 25. Avoidable mortality and hospitalisation rates 26. Overall quality of life+

27. Barriers to accessing General Practitioners+

32. Work opportunities matching skills+

39. Perceptions of safety+

43. Participation in social networks and groups+

51. Building consents* 54. Resident’s confidence in council’s decision making+

62. Resident’s rating of their sense of pride in the way their city/town looks and feels+

69. Participation in cultural and arts activities 74. Residents satisfaction with Council's provision of opportunities for community

involvement in decisions+

75. Percentage of residents perceiving that cultural diversity makes their region/ city/town a better place to live+

* Data available for other territorial authorities for a fee from INFOS series or directly from territorial authorities themselves.

+ Data available for Hamilton City and from 2006 for Waikato Region.

7.5.1.1 Recommendation 9Depending on the relative importance of Indicator 18, MARCO member agencies could consider commissioning a regional assessment, by territorial authority, of total energy consumption. It could be co-ordinated by Environment Waikato, given recently assigned regional responsibilities for energy-related issues.

7.5.1.2 Recommendation 10Indicators 26, 27, 32, 39, 43, 54, 62, 74 and 75 are all part of the Quality of Life survey, which includes Hamilton City and from 2006, a Waikato Region sample. Given the number of indicators (9) and the ability to compare with other parts of New Zealand, MARCO member agencies not currently participating in the survey should consider the cost benefit of future participation. An alternative could be local surveys which include the same questions as those providing data for these indicators, depending on the outcome of MARCO’s region-wide survey review.

Page 190: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 182

7.5.1.3 Recommendation 11Indicator 51 is based on information provided to Statistics New Zealand by territorial authorities. If it is not already the case, MARCO agencies should discuss with Statistics New Zealand the provision of a regular comprehensive regional summary of this information for all territorial authorities within the region, free of charge. Alternatively, MARCO could establish their own database of this information, with all territorial authorities providing this information to a delegated MARCO member on a monthly basis at the same time as it is provided to Statistics New Zealand.

7.5.1.4 Recommendation 12Indicator 25 has currently only been sourced from the Waikato District Health Board, which does not cover all of the Waikato Region. The next step is to identify the surrounding relevant DHBs and gather data and information for this indicator for those territorial authorities within the Waikato Region but outside the Waikato DHB region. The MARCO member from the Waikato DHB could assist with this task.

7.6 Indicators where data available for territorial authorities only The following six core indicators are currently only available at the territorial authority level:

19. Greenhouse gas emissions 24. Social deprivation index 52. Drinking water quality 57. Nights in commercial accommodation 65. Number of buildings and places listed on Historic Places Trust register 66. Number and proportion of heritage buildings demolished or removed from heritage

records

7.6.1.1 Recommendation 13MARCO could discuss with both NIWA and the National Climate Change Office the possibility of providing regional data for Indicator 19. The National Climate Change is already considering this as a project for the current financial year, therefore prompt interest and support from the MARCO team could well encourage them towards this outcome. Alternatively, it may not be difficult for NIWA to aggregate territorial authority data at the regional level when the next Greenhouse Gas Inventory is prepared. NIWA have indicated that they may undertake another inventory based on 2006 census data over the next 12 months, so it would be in MARCO’s best interests to contact them regarding regional data as soon as possible.

7.6.1.2 Recommendation 14Data for Indicator 24 was extracted at the territorial authority level from the published hardcopy report “Degrees of Deprivation”. It may be possible to obtain this data by ethnicity from either the Ministry of Health or the report authors on request, if it is a priority. It may also be possible for territorial authority data to be aggregated to give a regional measure, although the accuracy may be questionable. If meeting these data gaps is a priority for MARCO, the MARCO member from the Waikato DHB may be able to assist in progressing these requests with the Ministry of Health or may even have access to more detailed data.

7.6.1.3 Recommendation 15MARCO could consider developing a methodology or protocol for the accurate aggregation of territorial authority data to provide a regional estimate for the indicators listed under this section. The methodology would need to take into account the partial inclusion of Rotorua, Franklin, Taupo and Waitomo districts within the Waikato Region. In particular, the data provided by the Historic Places Trust Register for Indicators 65 and 66 does not include all buildings and waahi tapu sites listed in District Plans,

Page 191: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 183

making aggregation at the territorial authority level a better option providing data is collected in a standardised way.

7.7 Indicators where data available within non-regional boundaries The following four core indicators are available for part of or more than the Waikato Region, as they are measured across geographic areas that are not consistent with the Waikato regional boundary:

25. Avoidable mortality and hospitalisation rates (Waikato DHB region) – see Recommendation 10 above

38. Proxy of Recorded offences and resolution rates (Waikato Police District) 58. Income from tourism (international and domestic) (Regional Tourism Organisation

regions)

7.7.1.1 Recommendation 16Depending on the relative priority of regional information for Indicators 25, 38 and 58 and the nature of the data available, MARCO could consider tasking Environment Waikato with the job of using their GIS database to assist in the generation of data estimates consistent with the Waikato Regional boundary.

Page 192: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 184

8 Next Steps The MARCO Group will undertake the following:

1. Make data available to all MARCO and Choosing Futures Waikato COPT members, so they are able to use it in the preparation of community outcome reports (by Dec 2006).

2. Publish report on Choosing Futures Waikato website (pdf file), by Dec 2006.

3. Make data and associated metadata publicly available via a web-based searchable Data Discovery Tool (prototype tool by June 2007). In the short-term produce a CD with data (and associated metadata) in an easy accessible structure and format for councils (by March 2007).

4. Establish a robust process for regular updating of benchmark data in the future, including checking progress with indicators either under development or as yet not measured (developing monitoring plan and data sharing protocols during 2007; ongoing task).

Page 193: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 185

9 Appendices

9.1 Appendix 1 – LGA Requirements to Monitor and Report Community Outcomes Organisation Legislation Monitoring

Requirement Mandatory

Timeframe and Reporting Requirement

Report annually on the results of any measurement undertaken during the year of progress towards the achievement of community outcomes (Schedule 10 S. 15(c))

Monitor progress towards community outcomes (outcome monitoring)

Yes

Report not less than once every three years on the progress made by the local community in achieving community outcomes (S. 92)

Compare actual Council activities and performance against intended activities and levels of service as set out in the LTCCP (output monitoring)

Yes Reported on in the Annual Report (Schedule 10 S. 15(e)).

Regional, city and district councils

LGA 2002

Describe the effects of Council activities on the social, economic, environmental and cultural well-being of the community (mixture of output and outcome monitoring)

Yes Reported on in the Annual Report (Schedule 10 S. 15(d)).

Page 194: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 186

9.2 Appendix 2 – Non-core indicators Metadata and data will be collected for these indicators as time and resources permit.

Id THEME OUTCOME Potential indicators/ measures

Source Availability/Notes

2 Sustainable Environment

Air, land and water quality

2. Odour complaints

Environment Waikato (and Councils?) complaint registers

Current EW indicator does not include other council’s databases. Questions about meaning of data (ie. need for analysis of reason for complaint)

3 Sustainable Environment

Air, land and water quality

3. Soil quality at selected sites

Environment Waikato

Regional level information; currently 55 sites grouped into various land uses types

11 Sustainable Environment

Biodiversity 11. Forest fragmentation

EW Regional level, updated every five years

12 Sustainable Environment

Biodiversity 12. Threatened, endangered and extinct species

DoC/MfE? Possibly available down to regional level; there may be key indicator species at the territorial level (eg. kiwi)

14 Sustainable Environment

Environmental attitudes and behaviours

14. Environmental knowledge

Environment Waikato Perception Survey

Down to territorial level; available every three years

15 Sustainable Environment

Environmental attitudes and behaviours

15. Environmental satisfaction

Environment Waikato Perception Survey

Down to territorial level; available every three years

17 Sustainable Environment

Environmental attitudes and behaviours

17. People’s public environmental actions

Environment Waikato Perception Survey

Down to territorial level; available every three years

18 Sustainable Environment

Environmental attitudes and behaviours

18. Landcare groups

Environment Waikato (and Waikato Biodiversity Forum?)

Currently EW indicator only presents number of groups by type (river, lake, land, harbour, beach) - memberships & activities also desirable. Needs more coordination from other potential sources.

19 Sustainable Environment

Environmental attitudes and behaviours

19. Enviro-schools

Enviro-schools coordinator

Some information is already available, may need to be better coordinated.

22 Sustainable Environment

Coastal environment

22. Coastal ownership

EW/local councils/DoC

Measures the public and private ownership of the coastline. Up-dating every 10 years.

24 Sustainable Environment

Coastal environment

24. Coastal development (at risk)

EW/local councils

Current indicator focuses on Coromandel (development at risk from coastal erosion) Other information is already available, may need to be more rigour around collection/interpretation.

28 Sustainable Environment

Energy 28. Energy use relative to economic growth

EW Measures the efficiency of energy use (in relation to economic growth, as GDP)

Page 195: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 187

33 Quality of Life Health 33. Prevalence of physical activity

SPARC Physical Activity Questionnaire/ NZ Health Survey

Currently only at national and regional level (including DHB boundary). Similar/same question used for Quality of Life Survey– data available for Hamilton City and possibly Waikato Region overall but not other Waikato TAs. Should ideally include gender, ethnicity etc cross-tabs for all health indicators.

35 Quality of Life Health 35. Residents’ rating of own health, plus reasons

Quality of Life Survey

Data available for Hamilton and possibly Waikato Region overall but not other Waikato TAs.

36 Quality of Life Health 36. Number of schools and children using walking school buses

Enviro-schools/ Project Energise/ walking school bus coordinators (e.g. HCC)

Metadata missing

40 Quality of Life Health 40. Experience of barriers to accessing health care that you want (including acupuncture, homeopathy etc)

? Metadata missing

41 Quality of Life Health 41. Prevalence of cigarette smoking

Ministry of Health/ AC Neilson Ltd/ Census

Available at national and regional levels only? Item to be included in 2006 Census - TA level.

42 Quality of Life Health 42. Suicide rate

Waikato DHB Health Needs Assessment

Annual data available at TA level. Contentious as to whether reporting on suicide rates has a perverse effect.

43 Quality of Life Health 43. Obesity rate

Waikato DHB Health Needs Assessment/ NZ Health Survey

BMI (based on height/weight ratio) is questionable as it doesn't distinguish overweight from lean muscle.

44 Quality of Life Health 44. Number of gambling venues and electronic gambling machines?

? Metadata missing

47 Quality of Life Education 47. % of students leaving school without core numeracy and literacy credits at NCEA Level 1

Ministry of Education

Metadata missing

48 Quality of Life Education 48. School leavers with higher qualifications (e.g. 6th Form Cert/NCEA Level 2 or higher)

Ministry of Education

Available at TA level (although issues about comparison with historical data due to introduction of NCEA).

52 Quality of Life Education 52. Number of people in industry-based training

Tertiary Education Commission

Metadata missing

53 Quality of Life Education 53. Number of Modern Apprenticeships currently in progress

Tertiary Education Commission

Metadata missing

54 Quality of Life Education 54. Number of students enrolled in alternative education prog

Ministry of Education

Metadata missing

Page 196: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 188

63 Quality of Life Housing 63. Equivalised Crowding Index or Canadian National Occupancy Standard or alternative

Stats NZ – Constructed from Census data

Available at TA level but only every 5 years. http://www2.stats.govt.nz/domino/external/web/prod_serv.nsf/Response/Indicator+2a:+Equivalised+Crowding+Index

68 Quality of Life Community safety

68. Reported criminal offences (per 10,000) and resolution rates [Note: 69. Criminal Victimisation Rate included in core set]

NZ Police Available at regional and (to an extent) sub-regional level – but the Police District boundaries do not match with TA boundaries. Best to report by category, including burglaries, domestic violence/ overall violence, drugs and anti-social, sexual offences.

72 Quality of Life Community participation

72. Residents’ sense of community within local neighbourhood

Quality of Life Survey

Data available for Hamilton City and possibly Waikato Region overall but not other Waikato TAs.

76 Quality of Life Sport and leisure

76. Experience of barriers to leisure activity

Quality of Life Survey

Data available for Hamilton City and possibly Waikato Region overall but not other Waikato TAs.

78 Quality of Life Sport and leisure

78. Satisfaction with work-life balance

Quality of Life Survey

Data available for Hamilton City and possibly Waikato Region overall but not other Waikato TAs. Reasons important.

79 Quality of Life Family and community cohesion

79. Contact between young people and their parents

Adolescent Health Research Group

Available at national and regional but not TA level.

80 Quality of Life Family and community cohesion

80. Loneliness

Quality of Life Survey

Data available for Hamilton City and possibly Waikato Region overall but not other Waikato TAs.

81 Quality of Life Family and community cohesion

81. Trust in others

Quality of Life Survey

Data available for Hamilton City and possibly Waikato Region overall but not other Waikato TAs.

83 Quality of Life Family and community cohesion

83. Satisfaction with workplace family policies

?

84 Quality of Life Family and community cohesion

84. Residents’ frequency of being able to rely on people around them for support when feeling stressed

Quality of Life Survey

Data available for Hamilton City and possibly Waikato Region overall but not other Waikato TAs.

85 Quality of Life Family and community cohesion

85. Participation in parenting programmes

Plunket? Plunket visits hits to parenting websites/ 0800 numbers etc

86 Quality of Life Family and community cohesion

86. Residents' perception of group or network that matters most to them

Quality of Life Survey

Data available for Hamilton City and possibly Waikato Region overall but not other Waikato TAs.

87 Quality of Life Youth and older people

87. Hospitalisations for intentional injury – children and older people

Ministry of Health/ NZHIS

Available at national and possibly regional but not local level (and numbers could be small).

88 Quality of Life Youth and older people

88. Notifications to CYFS

CYFS Available at regional and (to an extent) sub-regional level – but the CYFS boundaries do not match with TA boundaries, and the data are subject to media (i.e. promotion) effects.

Page 197: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 189

89 Quality of Life Youth and older people

89. Youth unemployment (registered with Work and Income)

MSD/ Work and Income

Subject to policy changes.

90 Quality of Life Youth and older people

90. Older persons unemployment rate

MSD/ Work and Income

Metadata missing

91 Quality of Life Youth and older people

91. Participation in family/ whanau activities

Stats NZ Living Standards Survey 2000

Available at national level only.

92 Quality of Life Youth and older people

92. Truancy rates

Ministry of Education

Data not currently collected consistently.

93 Quality of Life Youth and older people

93. Stand-downs, suspensions and exclusions from school

Ministry of Education

Data available for all TAs.

94 Quality of Life Youth and older people

94. Percentage of young people aged 15-19 not in school, work or training (not sure how to measure)

? Metadata missing

95 Sustainable Economy

Sustainable development

95. Resident perceptions that development is sustainable

?

101 Sustainable Economy

Economic prosperity

101. Capital Value (CV) per capita

TAs. Available at TA level.

103 Sustainable Economy

Economic prosperity

103. Personal bankruptcies and involuntary company liquidations

Insolvency and Trustee Service, Ministry of Economic Development (or Statistics New Zealand?)

Quarterly data available at the national and regional level – not sure about TA level. Some interpretation issues (i.e. bankruptcy rate as an indicator of entrepreneurship).

105 Sustainable Economy

Transport, infrastructure and services

105. Travel times

? MfE has developed a data protocol but it has not been implemented.

107 Sustainable Economy

Transport, infrastructure and services

107. Effectiveness of wastewater treatment systems

EW Bus passenger data not relevant for other TAs.

108 Sustainable Economy

Transport, infrastructure and services

108. Hamilton City bus passenger numbers

EW Regional indicator only.

109 Sustainable Economy

Transport, infrastructure and services

109. Intra-regional bus passenger numbers

Quality of Life Survey

Available for Hamilton City and possibly region.

110 Sustainable Economy

Transport, infrastructure and services

110. Bus passenger satisfaction with service

TAs Available for Hamilton City.

111 Sustainable Economy

Transport, infrastructure and services

111. Satisfaction with cycleways and walkways

Annual Residents Surveys

Available for Hamilton City.

112 Sustainable Economy

Transport, infrastructure and services

112. Length of cycleways/ walkways

TAs Probably available for all TA but interpretation is unclear.

113 Sustainable Economy

Transport, infrastructure and services

113. Heavy vehicle counts on main pedestrian streets

Transit/ TAs? Metadata missing

Page 198: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 190

114 Sustainable Economy

Transport, infrastructure and services

114. Telecommunications connection, confidence and capability

Household telephone and Internet connection from Census data. Other data would rely on surveys.

Household connection data is available at TA and sub-TA level, but regional and local data on confidence and capability are not yet available.

115 Sustainable Economy

Transport, infrastructure and services

115. Power outages per annum

Power companies?

Metadata missing

116 Sustainable Economy

Transport, infrastructure and services

116. Satisfaction with emergency service responsiveness

Survey

117 Sustainable Economy

Transport, infrastructure and services

117. Volume/value of freight transported by rail

Toll? Metadata missing

118 Sustainable Economy

Regional planning

118. Consumer Magazine resident ratings of local councils

Consumer magazine

Available at TA level but a contentious indicator (league table).

120 Sustainable Economy

Regional planning

120. List of examples of inter-agency collaboration

TAs

122 Sustainable Economy

Regional planning

122. Resident perceptions of opportunities provided by councils for community involvement in decision making

? Available for Hamilton City (Annual Residents Survey).

123 Sustainable Economy

Regional planning

123. Resident perceptions of public’s influence on council decision making

Quality of Life Survey

Available for Hamilton City and possibly region but not other TAs.

124 Sustainable Economy

Regional planning

124. Resident perceptions of public’s influence on Central Government decision making

Quality of Life Survey

Available for Hamilton City and possibly region but not other TAs.

131 Sustainable Economy

Tourism 131. Occupancy rates in commercial accommodation

Stats NZ Accommodation Survey

Available at regional and TA level.

134 Sustainable Economy

Tourism 134. Economic Impact Assessments of major/iconic facilities and events

TAs? Regional indicator only.

136 Sustainable Economy

Research and innovation

136. Business start-ups and survival rate

Uni, Wintec, TWOA

Regional indicator only.

137 Sustainable Economy

Research and innovation

137. Research and Development

Stats NZ's Research and Develop. in NZ

National-level only, baseline only.

138 Sustainable Economy

Research and innovation

138. Business Frame Update, R&D section - same as #137?

? Metadata missing

Page 199: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Doc # 1093619 Page 191

139 Sustainable Economy

Research and innovation

139. Number of people employed in research positions

Tertiary education institutes, CRIs, large private enterprises

Metadata missing

140 Sustainable Economy

Research and innovation

140. Percentage of population with a higher degree

Census Available at regional and TA level every 5 years.

141 Sustainable Economy

Research and innovation

141. PBRF rankings (Performance Based Research Fund)

Tertiary Education Commission http://www.tec.govt.nz/downloads/a2z_publications/pbrf_report.html

League table approach is very contentious.

148 Culture and Identity

Regional identity and pride

148. Insurance value of NZ collections (museums, Marae taonga etc)

? Metadata missing

149 Culture and Identity

Regional identity and pride

149. Proportion of population that speak the ‘first language’ of their ethnic group

? Metadata missing

150 Culture and Identity

Regional identity and pride

150. Number of events celebrating cultures/days of cultural significance

? Metadata missing

151 Culture and Identity

Maori heritage

151. Number of visitors to significant heritage sites

? Metadata missing

154 Culture and Identity

Culture and recreation

154. Participation in cultural experiences (eg. visit art gallery, live music, visit marae, theatrical performance, etc)

? Metadata missing

156 Culture and Identity

Culture and recreation

156. Membership rates in community organisations/clubs/associations categorised as ‘arts’ i.e. drama groups, choirs, kapahaka)

? Metadata missing

157 Culture and Identity

Culture and recreation

157. Number of sports, arts, recreation clubs, facilities and organisations

? Metadata missing

160 Culture and Identity

Creativity 160. Household spending on cultural activities

? Metadata missing

161 Culture and Identity

Creativity 161. Median cost of events as a ratio to median income

? Metadata missing

162 Culture and Identity

Creativity 162. Geographic distribution of cultural events

? Metadata missing

163 Culture and Identity

Creativity 163. Main occupations of people in the creative arts industry

? Metadata missing

Page 200: Marco Benchmark Indicator Report - December 2006 · 5.4.3.1 #68 – Residents’ satisfaction with cultural facilities provided 159 5.4.3.2 #69 – Participation in cultural and arts

Page 192

165 Participation and Equity

Civic participation

165. Degree of representation by minority groups on governance and decision-making bodies

Currently a gap in data

Gender and ethnicity of elected representatives in central and local government (should not be too difficult to develop information sources to support this indicator).

166 Participation and Equity

Civic participation

166. Proportion of people by ethnicity still speaking their first language

Census Available at regional, district and other levels every five years.

168 Participation and Equity

Civic participation

168. Residents rating of agreement that decisions made by their Council are in the best interests of the community

Currently a gap in data

Some local authorities ask a question similar to this in their perception survey.

170 Participation and Equity

Civic participation

170. Residents rating of satisfaction with the extent of public influence on Council decision making

Currently a gap in data

Some local authorities ask a question similar to this in their perception survey.

175 Participation and Equity

Cultural well-being

175. Levels of perception toward diversity (refer to #182)

Ministry of Social Development

Available nationally and for Hamilton City (part of the Quality of Life in Cities project)

176 Participation and Equity

Cultural well-being

176. Level of participation in arts, cultural and community activities

??? Information not currently collected in a robust way. (eg. survey question could be developed in a way similar to 2002 Cultural Experiences survey).

178 Participation and Equity

Cultural well-being

178. Perceived discrimination

Human Rights Commission

Proportion (%) of survey respondents who perceived selected groups as being subject to a great deal or some discrimination. Possibly only relevant at the city/regional level.

179 Participation and Equity

Cultural well-being

179. Annual number of complaints to the Human Rights Commission including race relations, disability and sexual harassment???

? Metadata missing

180 Participation and Equity

Cultural well-being

180. Experience of cultural activities

Statistics New Zealand

Proportion of the population aged 15 and over who experienced cultural activities, by activity type & sex. Possibly only relevant at the city/regional level.

181 Participation and Equity

Cultural well-being

181. Residents perception that the community works together and that people support each other]

Collected for Quality of Life project

Not currently available at either the local or regional level.